1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
52 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
53 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
55 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
57 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
58 \use_default_options false
59 \maintain_unincluded_children false
65 \font_typewriter default
66 \font_default_family default
74 \default_output_format default
76 \bibtex_command default
77 \index_command default
81 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
82 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
86 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
87 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
88 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
93 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
94 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
104 \paperorientation portrait
106 \notefontcolor #0055ff
123 \paragraph_separation indent
124 \paragraph_indentation default
125 \quotes_language english
128 \paperpagestyle default
129 \tracking_changes false
130 \output_changes false
146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
148 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
150 \begin_inset CommandInset href
152 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
163 \begin_inset Newline newline
167 \begin_inset Newline newline
171 \begin_inset Note Note
174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
175 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
176 \begin_inset Newline newline
181 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
189 \begin_layout Standard
190 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
191 LatexCommand tableofcontents
198 \begin_layout Chapter
202 \begin_layout Section
206 \begin_layout Standard
207 LyX is a document preparation system.
208 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
209 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
210 It is unlike most other
211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
218 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
220 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
236 pt type, left justified, 5
237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
245 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
249 \begin_layout Standard
250 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
263 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
267 \begin_layout Standard
269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
280 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
281 the format of all of the manuals.
282 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
283 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
300 \begin_layout Section
304 \begin_layout Standard
305 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
307 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
308 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
312 \begin_layout Standard
313 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
314 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
315 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
317 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
318 only a vertical scrollbar.
319 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
320 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
321 This, however, is due
322 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
323 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
324 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
325 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
327 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
328 this doesn't work for equations yet.
331 \begin_layout Standard
332 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
340 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
345 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
346 ing sections of this documentation.
349 \begin_layout Section
353 \begin_layout Standard
354 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
359 of the manuals from inside LyX.
360 Just select the manual you want read from the
367 \begin_layout Section
369 \begin_inset CommandInset label
371 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
378 \begin_layout Standard
379 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
380 without resorting to configuration files.
381 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
382 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
383 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
388 \begin_inset Index idx
391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
398 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
399 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
400 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
404 \begin_inset space \space{}
407 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
408 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
410 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
414 \begin_inset Index idx
417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
418 Reconfiguration of LyX
423 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
426 \begin_layout Section
428 \begin_inset CommandInset label
430 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
437 \begin_layout Standard
438 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
439 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
441 Actually, that is not quite true.
442 Some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that produces PDFs and
443 the like, and any LyX document can be output as plain text or as XHTML.
444 Still, most of the documents people edit in LyX use LaTeX as the backend,
445 and so exporting these documents to PDF, or printing them, requires you
446 to have LaTeX properly installed.
449 \begin_layout Standard
450 Moreover, specific document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook
452 Again, such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
453 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
456 \begin_layout Standard
457 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
458 you can view from the menu
460 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
479 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
480 reconfigure LyX (menu
482 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
486 \begin_inset Note Note
489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
490 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
498 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
499 More about TeX Code is described in section
504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
506 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
510 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
517 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
527 \begin_inset Index idx
530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
531 Reconfiguration of LyX
536 See section 5.1 of the
540 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
543 \begin_layout Chapter
547 \begin_layout Section
548 Basic File Operations
549 \begin_inset Index idx
552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
561 \begin_layout Standard
566 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
567 in addition to some more advanced operations:
570 \begin_layout Itemize
574 \begin_inset Graphics
575 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
576 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
583 \begin_layout Itemize
601 \begin_layout Itemize
607 \begin_inset Graphics
608 filename ../images/file-open.png
609 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
616 \begin_layout Itemize
622 \begin_layout Itemize
628 \begin_inset Graphics
629 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
630 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
637 \begin_layout Itemize
647 \begin_layout Itemize
661 \begin_layout Itemize
671 \begin_layout Itemize
677 \begin_layout Itemize
683 \begin_layout Itemize
689 \begin_inset Graphics
690 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
691 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
698 \begin_layout Itemize
704 \begin_layout Standard
705 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
706 a few minor differences.
709 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
724 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
725 you for a template to use.
726 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
727 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
728 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
734 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
736 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
743 \begin_layout Standard
745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
768 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
769 space is just that — a big, blank space.
772 \begin_layout Standard
793 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
798 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
823 will reload the document from disk.
824 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
825 and want to restore it to the last save.
834 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
835 can identify them as your changes.
838 \begin_layout Section
839 Basic Editing Features
840 \begin_inset Index idx
843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
850 \begin_inset CommandInset label
852 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
859 \begin_layout Standard
860 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
861 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
862 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
863 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
865 We'll start with cut and paste.
868 \begin_layout Standard
869 As you might expect, the
873 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
874 various other editing features.
875 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
879 \begin_layout Itemize
885 \begin_inset Graphics
886 filename ../images/cut.png
887 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
894 \begin_layout Itemize
900 \begin_inset Graphics
901 filename ../images/copy.png
902 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
909 \begin_layout Itemize
915 \begin_inset Graphics
916 filename ../images/paste.png
917 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
924 \begin_layout Itemize
934 \begin_layout Itemize
944 \begin_layout Itemize
958 \begin_inset Graphics
959 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
960 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
968 \begin_layout Standard
969 The first three are self-explanatory.
970 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
971 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
980 keys also functions as the
985 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
986 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
991 to get back the lost text.
994 \begin_layout Standard
995 \begin_inset Index idx
998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1004 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1008 \begin_inset space ~
1013 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1016 \begin_layout Standard
1019 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1021 \begin_inset space ~
1024 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1026 \begin_inset space ~
1030 \begin_inset space ~
1035 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1041 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1045 \begin_inset space ~
1050 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1051 will start a new paragraph.
1054 \begin_layout Standard
1055 \begin_inset Index idx
1058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1065 \begin_inset Index idx
1068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1076 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1078 \begin_inset space ~
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1090 \begin_inset space ~
1094 \begin_inset space ~
1100 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1105 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1108 \begin_inset space ~
1117 \begin_inset space ~
1122 button to skip the current word.
1126 \begin_inset space ~
1131 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1135 \begin_inset space ~
1140 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1142 If the toggle is set, searching for
1143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1154 will not match the word
1155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1169 Match whole words only
1171 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1172 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1202 \begin_layout Standard
1203 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1204 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1206 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1211 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1218 \begin_layout Section
1220 \begin_inset Index idx
1223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1230 \begin_inset Index idx
1233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1240 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1242 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1249 \begin_layout Standard
1250 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1251 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1254 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1257 or the toolbar button
1258 \begin_inset Graphics
1259 filename ../images/undo.png
1260 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1264 to undo some mistake.
1265 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1267 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1270 or the toolbar button
1271 \begin_inset Graphics
1272 filename ../images/redo.png
1273 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1285 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1286 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1289 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1292 \begin_layout Standard
1293 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1302 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1303 This is a consequence of the 100
1304 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1307 step undo limit, above.
1310 \begin_layout Standard
1319 work on almost everything in LyX.
1320 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1324 \begin_layout Section
1326 \begin_inset Index idx
1329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1338 \begin_layout Standard
1339 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1342 \begin_layout Enumerate
1347 \begin_layout Itemize
1352 once anywhere in the edit window.
1353 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1357 \begin_layout Enumerate
1362 \begin_layout Itemize
1368 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1371 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1374 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1377 \begin_layout Itemize
1378 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1380 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1387 \begin_layout Enumerate
1388 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1392 \begin_layout Standard
1393 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1394 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1398 \begin_layout Enumerate
1403 \begin_layout Standard
1408 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1413 \begin_layout Section
1415 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1417 name "sec:Navigating"
1422 \begin_inset Index idx
1425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1434 \begin_layout Standard
1435 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1438 \begin_layout Itemize
1443 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1444 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1447 \begin_layout Itemize
1450 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1453 or the toolbar button
1454 \begin_inset Graphics
1455 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1456 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1463 \begin_layout Standard
1464 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1465 (TOC) that is described in section
1466 \begin_inset space ~
1470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1472 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1477 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1478 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1479 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1480 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1481 to the document, see section
1482 \begin_inset space ~
1486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1488 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1497 option sorts the current list, and the
1501 option keeps it in the current view state.
1502 Keeping means that when you have e.
1503 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1507 \begin_inset space \space{}
1510 the subsections of section
1511 \begin_inset space ~
1514 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1515 \begin_inset space ~
1518 3, the subsections of section
1519 \begin_inset space ~
1522 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1527 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1528 \begin_inset space ~
1534 \begin_layout Standard
1536 \begin_inset space \space{}
1540 \begin_inset Graphics
1541 filename ../images/down.png
1542 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1547 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1552 \begin_inset space \space{}
1556 \begin_inset Graphics
1557 filename ../images/up.png
1558 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1563 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1567 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1569 So you can for example move section
1570 \begin_inset space ~
1574 \begin_inset space ~
1578 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1580 \begin_inset Graphics
1581 filename ../images/promote.png
1582 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1587 \begin_inset Graphics
1588 filename ../images/demote.png
1589 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1593 or the corresponding key bindings
1601 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1602 So you can for example make section
1603 \begin_inset space ~
1607 \begin_inset space ~
1611 \begin_inset space ~
1617 \begin_layout Standard
1619 \begin_inset Graphics
1620 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1621 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
1626 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1627 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1628 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1629 go back to your last editing position.
1632 \begin_layout Section
1634 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1638 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1642 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1644 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1649 \begin_inset Index idx
1652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1659 \begin_inset Index idx
1662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1693 \begin_layout Standard
1694 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1696 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1697 is used to propose completions.
1700 \begin_layout Standard
1701 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1702 there are completions available.
1703 You can then press the
1707 key to use this completion.
1708 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1709 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1710 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1717 \begin_layout Standard
1718 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1720 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1723 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1725 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1728 by deselecting the option
1735 Automatic inline completion
1737 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1738 To accept this proposal, use the
1747 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1748 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1750 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1756 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1763 \begin_layout Section
1765 \begin_inset Index idx
1768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1775 \begin_inset Index idx
1778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1807 \begin_inset Index idx
1810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1841 \begin_layout Standard
1842 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1843 LyX's default is CUA.
1846 \begin_layout Standard
1850 \begin_inset space ~
1858 \begin_inset space ~
1879 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1883 \begin_layout Labeling
1884 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1888 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1889 LatexCommand nomenclature
1891 description "Tabulator key"
1897 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1898 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1899 \begin_inset space ~
1903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1905 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1912 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1916 , especially section
1917 \begin_inset space ~
1921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1923 reference "sub:Lists"
1929 If you're still confused, look in the
1936 \begin_layout Labeling
1937 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1941 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1942 LatexCommand nomenclature
1944 description "Escape key"
1951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1958 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1959 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1962 \begin_layout Labeling
1963 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1969 \begin_inset space ~
1973 \begin_inset space ~
1980 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1981 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1985 \begin_layout Standard
1986 There are three modifier keys:
1989 \begin_layout Labeling
1990 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2008 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2009 LatexCommand nomenclature
2011 description "Control key"
2015 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2016 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2020 \begin_layout Itemize
2029 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2032 \begin_layout Itemize
2041 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2044 \begin_layout Itemize
2053 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2057 \begin_layout Labeling
2058 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2076 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2077 LatexCommand nomenclature
2079 description "Shift key"
2083 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2084 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2087 \begin_layout Labeling
2088 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2106 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2107 LatexCommand nomenclature
2109 description "Alt or Meta key"
2113 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2114 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2115 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2121 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2123 menu accelerator keys
2126 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2127 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2131 \begin_layout Standard
2132 For example, the sequence
2133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2139 \begin_inset space ~
2143 \begin_inset space ~
2149 \begin_inset space ~
2157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2176 \begin_inset space ~
2182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2192 \begin_layout Standard
2197 manual lists all other things bound to the
2205 \begin_layout Standard
2206 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2207 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2208 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2209 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2210 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2211 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2212 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2213 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2229 followed by a capital
2236 \begin_layout Standard
2237 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2239 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2244 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2247 as explained in sec.
2248 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2254 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2261 \begin_layout Chapter
2263 \begin_inset Index idx
2266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2275 \begin_layout Section
2277 \begin_inset Index idx
2280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2289 \begin_layout Subsection
2293 \begin_layout Standard
2294 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2295 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2296 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2297 numbering schemes, and so on.
2298 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2299 and format the title of your document differently.
2302 \begin_layout Standard
2307 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2308 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2309 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2310 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2311 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2314 \begin_layout Standard
2315 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2316 how to adjust their properties.
2319 \begin_layout Subsection
2321 \begin_inset Index idx
2324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2331 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2333 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2340 \begin_layout Standard
2341 You can select a class using the
2343 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2344 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2348 \begin_inset Index idx
2351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2358 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2362 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2366 \begin_layout Standard
2367 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2371 \begin_layout Description
2372 Article for basic articles
2375 \begin_layout Description
2376 Report for basic reports
2379 \begin_layout Description
2380 Book for writing a book
2383 \begin_layout Description
2384 Letter for US-style letters
2387 \begin_layout Standard
2388 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2389 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2390 will include many of these.
2391 Here are some of the classes.
2392 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2394 Special Document Classes
2403 \begin_layout Description
2404 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2407 \begin_layout Description
2408 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2412 \begin_layout Description
2413 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2417 \begin_layout Description
2418 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2419 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2420 There are three article layouts available.
2421 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2422 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2423 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2424 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2429 sequential numbering
2430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2433 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2434 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2435 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2436 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2439 \begin_layout Description
2440 Beamer Layout for presentations
2443 \begin_layout Description
2444 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2445 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2449 \begin_layout Description
2450 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2453 \begin_layout Description
2455 \begin_inset space ~
2458 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2461 \begin_layout Description
2462 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2465 \begin_layout Description
2466 Foils Used to make transparencies
2469 \begin_layout Description
2470 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2471 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2475 \begin_layout Description
2476 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2477 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2480 \begin_layout Description
2481 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2484 \begin_layout Description
2485 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2488 \begin_layout Description
2489 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2490 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2491 (Is used by this document.)
2494 \begin_layout Description
2495 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2498 \begin_layout Description
2499 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2502 \begin_layout Description
2507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2514 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2515 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2517 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2520 \begin_layout Description
2521 Slides Used to make transparencies
2524 \begin_layout Description
2526 \begin_inset space ~
2529 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2530 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2533 \begin_layout Description
2534 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2537 \begin_layout Standard
2538 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2540 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2546 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2547 of the document classes.
2550 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2554 \begin_layout Standard
2555 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact that many of the document classes
2558 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2559 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2561 \begin_inset Index idx
2564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2581 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2582 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2586 \begin_inset space ~
2593 template, they receive a warning saying that the document requires files
2594 that are not installed to produce output.
2595 So it seems that something is wrong.
2598 \begin_layout Standard
2599 But nothing is wrong.
2600 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2601 and some of them, like
2605 , are highly specialized.LyX tries to support as many different types of
2606 documents as possible, and it includes almost one hundred different layout
2607 files, with a growing number.
2608 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2609 by some document class.
2610 There are just too many of them.
2611 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2614 \begin_layout Standard
2615 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as `Unavailabl
2616 e', you need to install the appropriate package files.
2617 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2618 document class for a new file.
2619 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2624 Installing new LaTeX files
2625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2632 manual for information on how to install them.
2633 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2639 \begin_layout Standard
2640 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2641 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2643 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2644 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2645 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2647 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2650 \begin_inset space ~
2657 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2660 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2662 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2669 \begin_inset Index idx
2672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2681 \begin_layout Standard
2682 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2683 chosen document class.
2684 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2685 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2692 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2696 \begin_inset Index idx
2699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2706 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2710 \begin_layout Standard
2711 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2712 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2713 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2714 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2715 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing package.
2716 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2717 missing package and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2719 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2723 \begin_inset Index idx
2726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2727 Reconfiguration of LyX
2733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2736 Installing new LaTeX files
2737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2744 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2747 \begin_layout Standard
2748 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2756 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2757 LyX will advise you about these things.
2765 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2769 \begin_layout Standard
2770 Each class has a default set of options.
2771 Here's a quick table describing them:
2774 \begin_layout Standard
2775 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2781 \begin_layout Standard
2783 \begin_inset Tabular
2784 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2785 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2786 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2787 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2788 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2789 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2790 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3244 \begin_layout Standard
3245 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3251 \begin_layout Standard
3252 You're probably also wondering what
3253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3257 \begin_inset space ~
3261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3265 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3266 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3271 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3276 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3286 headings, there are also
3294 headings, and so on.
3295 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3296 \begin_inset space ~
3300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3302 reference "sub:Headings"
3309 \begin_layout Subsection
3311 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3313 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3318 \begin_inset Index idx
3321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3330 \begin_inset Index idx
3333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3342 \begin_layout Standard
3343 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3345 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3356 \begin_inset space ~
3361 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3363 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3364 to use for your document.
3365 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3369 \begin_layout Standard
3376 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3382 \begin_inset space ~
3387 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3388 You can choose between the following five options:
3391 \begin_layout Labeling
3392 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3397 Use default page style of current class.
3400 \begin_layout Labeling
3401 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3406 No page numbers or headings.
3409 \begin_layout Labeling
3410 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3418 \begin_layout Labeling
3419 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3424 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3425 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3426 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3429 \begin_layout Labeling
3430 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3435 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3441 \begin_inset Index idx
3444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3445 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3451 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3452 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3454 Check the documentation for the
3458 package for more details,
3459 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3468 \begin_layout Standard
3473 of paragraphs is described in section
3474 \begin_inset space ~
3478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3480 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3487 \begin_layout Subsection
3488 Paper Size and Orientation
3489 \begin_inset Index idx
3492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3493 Document ! Paper size
3499 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3501 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3508 \begin_layout Standard
3509 You'll find the following options in the menu
3512 \begin_inset space ~
3517 of the dialog of the
3519 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3525 \begin_inset Index idx
3528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3537 \begin_layout Labeling
3538 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3542 \begin_inset space ~
3547 What size paper to print on.
3551 \begin_layout Itemize
3557 \begin_layout Itemize
3567 \begin_layout Itemize
3573 \begin_layout Itemize
3579 \begin_layout Itemize
3585 \begin_layout Itemize
3591 \begin_layout Itemize
3597 \begin_layout Labeling
3598 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3603 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3614 \begin_layout Labeling
3615 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3619 \begin_inset space ~
3624 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3625 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3628 \begin_layout Subsection
3630 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3637 \begin_inset Index idx
3640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3647 \begin_inset Index idx
3650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3659 \begin_layout Standard
3660 Paper margins are set in the menu
3662 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3666 \begin_inset Index idx
3669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3678 \begin_layout Standard
3679 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3680 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3681 the paper format and the font size into account.
3684 \begin_layout Subsection
3688 \begin_layout Standard
3689 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3694 That includes the paragraph environments.
3695 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3696 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3697 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3698 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3707 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3709 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3710 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3711 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3714 \begin_layout Section
3715 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3716 \begin_inset Index idx
3719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3720 Paragraph ! Indentation
3728 \begin_layout Subsection
3730 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3732 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3739 \begin_layout Standard
3740 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3741 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3744 \begin_layout Standard
3745 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3746 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3747 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3748 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3752 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3758 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3759 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3760 language than English.
3761 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3764 \begin_layout Standard
3765 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3766 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3768 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3769 LyX takes care of that.
3770 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3772 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3773 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3774 of a page, and so on.
3778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3779 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3784 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3785 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3789 of these pre-coded spacings.
3790 We'll explain more later.
3793 \begin_layout Subsection
3794 Paragraph Separation
3795 \begin_inset Index idx
3798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3799 Paragraph ! Separation
3807 \begin_layout Standard
3808 To separate paragraphs, select
3819 \begin_inset space ~
3826 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3830 \begin_inset Index idx
3833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3839 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3840 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3841 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3844 \begin_layout Standard
3854 \begin_layout Standard
3855 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3856 \begin_inset space ~
3860 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3862 reference "cap:Units"
3867 The default length is 30
3868 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3874 \begin_layout Subsection
3878 \begin_layout Standard
3879 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3882 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3884 \begin_inset space ~
3889 dialog and toggle the
3892 \begin_inset space ~
3897 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3900 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3904 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3905 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3909 \begin_layout Standard
3910 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3911 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3914 \begin_layout Subsection
3916 \begin_inset Index idx
3919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3920 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3928 \begin_layout Standard
3931 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3935 \begin_inset Index idx
3938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3947 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3950 \begin_inset space ~
3959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3960 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3965 \begin_inset Index idx
3968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3969 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3974 installed to use this feature.
3982 \begin_layout Section
3983 Paragraph Environments
3984 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3986 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3991 \begin_inset Index idx
3994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3995 Paragraph ! Environments
4001 \begin_inset Index idx
4004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4005 Paragraph environments|(
4013 \begin_layout Subsection
4017 \begin_layout Standard
4018 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4021 \begin_layout Standard
4040 \begin_inset Newline newline
4043 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4044 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4045 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4054 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4057 \begin_layout Standard
4058 A paragraph environment is simply a
4059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4066 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4067 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4068 scheme, labels, and so on.
4069 Additionally, you can
4070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4077 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4078 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4079 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4080 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4081 days of typewriters.
4082 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4084 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4087 \begin_layout Standard
4088 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4089 \begin_inset Graphics
4090 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4096 at the left end of the toolbar.
4097 LyX will change the environment of the
4101 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4102 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4103 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4107 \begin_layout Standard
4116 create a new paragraph using the
4120 paragraph environment.
4122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4129 because if you are in one of these environments:
4132 \begin_layout Itemize
4138 \begin_layout Itemize
4144 \begin_layout Itemize
4150 \begin_layout Itemize
4156 \begin_layout Itemize
4162 \begin_layout Itemize
4168 \begin_layout Itemize
4174 \begin_layout Standard
4175 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4179 , rather than resetting it to
4184 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4185 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4186 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4187 \begin_inset space ~
4191 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4193 reference "sec:Nesting"
4198 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4203 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4204 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4208 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4214 \begin_layout Subsection
4218 \begin_layout Standard
4219 The default paragraph environment is
4224 It creates a plain paragraph.
4225 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4226 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4227 this manual) are in the
4234 \begin_layout Standard
4235 You can nest a paragraph using the
4239 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4247 \begin_layout Subsection
4249 \begin_inset Index idx
4252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4261 \begin_layout Standard
4262 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4271 for thanks or contact information.
4272 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4273 page along with today's date.
4274 For other types of documents, the title
4275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4282 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4286 \begin_layout Standard
4287 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4301 Here's how you use them:
4304 \begin_layout Itemize
4305 Put the title of your document in the
4312 \begin_layout Itemize
4313 Put the author name in the
4320 \begin_layout Itemize
4321 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4322 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4328 Note that using this environment is optional.
4329 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4330 If you don't want any date, add the line
4331 \begin_inset Newline newline
4341 \begin_inset Newline newline
4344 to the preamble of your document (menu
4346 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4352 \begin_layout Standard
4353 You can use footnotes to insert
4354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4361 or contact information.
4364 \begin_layout Subsection
4366 \begin_inset Index idx
4369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4376 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4385 \begin_layout Standard
4386 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4387 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4390 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4392 \begin_inset Index idx
4395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4396 Section headings ! Numbered
4404 \begin_layout Standard
4405 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4409 \begin_layout Enumerate
4415 \begin_layout Enumerate
4421 \begin_layout Enumerate
4427 \begin_layout Enumerate
4433 \begin_layout Enumerate
4439 \begin_layout Enumerate
4445 \begin_layout Enumerate
4451 \begin_layout Standard
4452 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4453 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4454 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4457 \begin_layout Standard
4458 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4459 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4460 You group the book into chapters.
4461 LyX does similar grouping:
4464 \begin_layout Itemize
4469 is divided in either
4480 \begin_layout Itemize
4492 \begin_layout Itemize
4504 \begin_layout Itemize
4516 \begin_layout Itemize
4528 \begin_layout Itemize
4540 \begin_layout Standard
4541 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4549 Not all document types use the
4553 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4558 is the top-level heading.
4566 \begin_layout Standard
4571 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4572 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4574 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4586 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4588 \begin_inset Index idx
4591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4592 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4600 \begin_layout Standard
4601 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4605 \begin_layout Enumerate
4611 \begin_layout Enumerate
4617 \begin_layout Enumerate
4623 \begin_layout Enumerate
4629 \begin_layout Enumerate
4635 \begin_layout Standard
4637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4644 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4645 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4646 table of contents, see section
4647 \begin_inset space ~
4651 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4660 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4661 Changing the Numbering
4662 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4664 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4671 \begin_layout Standard
4672 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4673 in the Table of Contents.
4674 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4676 Certain classes start with
4690 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4700 This is something you can change.
4703 \begin_layout Standard
4706 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4712 \begin_inset Index idx
4715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4726 \begin_inset space ~
4730 \begin_inset space ~
4735 you'll see two counters.
4740 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4742 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4746 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4747 Short Titles of Headings
4748 \begin_inset Index idx
4751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4752 Section headings ! Short titles
4758 \begin_inset Argument
4761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4768 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4770 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4777 \begin_layout Standard
4778 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4779 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4780 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4781 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4784 \begin_layout Standard
4785 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4786 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4787 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4788 To specify a short title, use the menu
4790 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4792 \begin_inset space ~
4798 This will insert a box labeled
4799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4814 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4815 This also works for captions inside floats.
4818 \begin_layout Standard
4819 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4822 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4826 \begin_layout Standard
4827 The following information applies to all section headings:
4830 \begin_layout Itemize
4831 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4834 \begin_layout Itemize
4835 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4838 \begin_layout Itemize
4839 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4842 \begin_layout Itemize
4843 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4846 \begin_layout Subsection
4847 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4850 \begin_layout Standard
4851 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4865 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4866 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4867 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4868 the text they contain.
4869 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4877 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4880 \begin_layout Standard
4881 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4890 when you start a new paragraph.
4891 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4895 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4896 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4897 to change back to the
4901 environment yourself.
4904 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4914 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4921 \begin_inset Index idx
4924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4933 \begin_layout Standard
4934 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4935 time for the differences.
4944 are identical except for one difference:
4948 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4957 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4960 \begin_layout Standard
4961 Here's an example of the
4974 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4976 See – no indentation!
4980 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4981 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4982 the other paragraph.
4985 \begin_layout Standard
4986 Here's another example, this time in the
4993 \begin_layout Quotation
4999 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5000 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5001 the first line, then
5005 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5009 you were quoting other text.
5012 \begin_layout Quotation
5013 Here's a new paragraph.
5014 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5015 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5018 \begin_layout Standard
5019 As the examples show,
5023 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5024 They should put quotes in the
5029 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5033 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5036 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5042 \begin_inset Index idx
5045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5054 \begin_inset Index idx
5057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5064 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5073 \begin_layout Standard
5078 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5084 \begin_inset Newline newline
5087 Which I did not rehearse!
5091 It could be much worse.
5092 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5094 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5095 indented a bit more than the first.
5096 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5102 \begin_inset Newline newline
5105 And make things look fine
5106 \begin_inset Newline newline
5112 arg "newline-insert newline"
5118 \begin_layout Standard
5123 does not indent both margins.
5124 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5125 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5132 arg "newline-insert newline"
5138 \begin_layout Subsection
5140 \begin_inset Index idx
5143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5150 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5159 \begin_layout Standard
5160 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5170 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5179 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5180 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5181 some general features of all four of them.
5184 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5188 \begin_layout Standard
5189 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5191 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5200 reset the environment to
5204 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5205 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5206 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5210 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5213 to break paragraphs.
5216 \begin_layout Standard
5217 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5218 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5220 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5221 you read all of section
5222 \begin_inset space ~
5226 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5228 reference "sec:Nesting"
5236 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5242 \begin_inset Index idx
5245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5252 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5261 \begin_layout Standard
5262 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5266 paragraph environment.
5267 It has the following properties:
5270 \begin_layout Itemize
5271 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5275 \begin_layout Itemize
5276 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5279 \begin_layout Itemize
5280 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5284 \begin_layout Itemize
5285 The items can have any length.
5286 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5287 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5294 \begin_layout Itemize
5299 environment inside another
5303 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5307 \begin_layout Itemize
5308 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5311 \begin_layout Itemize
5312 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5315 \begin_layout Itemize
5317 \begin_inset space ~
5321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5323 reference "sec:Nesting"
5327 for a full explanation of nesting.
5331 \begin_layout Standard
5332 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5341 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5344 \begin_layout Standard
5345 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5346 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5349 \begin_layout Itemize
5350 The label for the first level
5354 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5358 \begin_layout Itemize
5359 The label for the second level is a dash.
5363 \begin_layout Itemize
5364 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5368 \begin_layout Itemize
5369 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5373 \begin_layout Itemize
5374 Back out to the third level.
5378 \begin_layout Itemize
5379 Back to the second level.
5383 \begin_layout Itemize
5384 Back to the outermost level.
5387 \begin_layout Standard
5388 These are the default labels for an
5393 You can customize these labels in the
5395 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5398 dialog in the submenu
5405 \begin_inset Index idx
5408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5417 \begin_layout Standard
5418 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5419 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5421 \begin_inset space ~
5425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5427 reference "sec:Nesting"
5434 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5440 \begin_inset Index idx
5443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5450 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5452 name "sec:Enumerate"
5459 \begin_layout Standard
5464 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5465 It has these properties:
5468 \begin_layout Enumerate
5469 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5473 \begin_layout Enumerate
5474 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5478 \begin_layout Enumerate
5479 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5482 \begin_layout Enumerate
5487 environment resets the counter to one.
5490 \begin_layout Enumerate
5503 \begin_layout Enumerate
5504 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5505 Items can have any length.
5508 \begin_layout Enumerate
5509 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5512 \begin_layout Enumerate
5513 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5516 \begin_layout Enumerate
5517 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5521 \begin_layout Standard
5530 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5531 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5538 \begin_layout Enumerate
5539 The first level of an
5543 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5547 \begin_layout Enumerate
5548 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5552 \begin_layout Enumerate
5553 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5557 \begin_layout Enumerate
5558 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5561 \begin_layout Enumerate
5562 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5567 \begin_layout Enumerate
5568 Back to the third level
5572 \begin_layout Enumerate
5573 Back to the second level.
5577 \begin_layout Enumerate
5578 Back to the outermost level.
5581 \begin_layout Standard
5582 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5587 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5592 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5596 \begin_layout Standard
5597 There is more to nesting
5601 environments than we've stated here.
5602 You should read section
5603 \begin_inset space ~
5607 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5609 reference "sec:Nesting"
5613 to learn more about nesting.
5616 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5622 \begin_inset Index idx
5625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5634 \begin_layout Standard
5635 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5639 list has no fixed label.
5640 Instead, LyX uses the first
5641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5648 of the first line as the label.
5652 \begin_layout Description
5653 Example: This is an example of the
5660 \begin_layout Standard
5661 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5665 \begin_layout Standard
5667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5674 it is meant that the first hit of the
5678 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5680 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5688 arg "space-insert protected"
5693 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5694 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5696 \begin_inset space ~
5702 \begin_inset space ~
5706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5708 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5712 for more info.) Here is an example:
5715 \begin_layout Description
5717 \begin_inset space ~
5720 Example: This one shows how to use a
5723 \begin_inset space ~
5735 \begin_layout Description
5736 Usage: You should use the
5740 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5741 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5743 It's not a good idea to use a
5747 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5748 You're better off using
5760 paragraphs into them.
5763 \begin_layout Description
5764 Nesting: You can nest
5768 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5772 \begin_layout Standard
5773 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5774 them from the first line.
5777 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5783 \begin_inset Index idx
5786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5795 \begin_layout Standard
5800 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5803 \begin_layout Standard
5804 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5812 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5817 environment is named
5829 \begin_layout Standard
5838 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5839 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5842 \begin_layout Labeling
5843 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5845 \begin_inset space ~
5848 labels LyX uses the first
5849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5856 of each line as the item label.
5861 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5862 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5863 blank as described above.
5866 \begin_layout Labeling
5867 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5868 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5869 the body of the item text.
5870 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5871 label width plus a little extra space.
5875 \begin_layout Labeling
5876 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5878 \begin_inset space ~
5881 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5883 If the label width is larger, the label
5884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5891 into the first line.
5892 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5893 margin of the rest of the item text.
5896 \begin_layout Labeling
5897 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5899 \begin_inset space ~
5902 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5907 environment have the same left margin.
5908 \begin_inset Newline newline
5911 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5914 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5916 \begin_inset space ~
5925 \begin_inset space ~
5930 determines the default label width.
5931 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5940 multiple times instead.
5941 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5950 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5953 \begin_inset space ~
5958 every time you alter a label in a
5963 \begin_inset Newline newline
5966 The predefined default width is the length of
5967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5976 \begin_inset Newline newline
5980 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5988 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5989 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5997 \begin_layout Standard
6002 environment the same way like the
6006 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6012 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6016 \begin_layout Standard
6021 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6023 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6025 \begin_inset space ~
6029 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6031 reference "sec:Nesting"
6035 to learn about nesting.
6038 \begin_layout Standard
6039 There is yet another feature of the
6043 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6045 You can use additional
6049 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6054 are documented in section
6055 \begin_inset space ~
6059 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6061 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6066 Here are some examples:
6067 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6073 \begin_layout Labeling
6074 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6075 Left The default for
6082 \begin_layout Labeling
6083 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6084 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6091 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6094 \begin_layout Labeling
6095 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6096 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6100 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6107 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6110 \begin_layout Subsection
6112 \begin_inset Index idx
6115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6124 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6132 \begin_inset space ~
6140 \begin_layout Standard
6141 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6149 \begin_inset space ~
6155 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6156 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6157 In contrast, you can use the
6164 \begin_inset space ~
6169 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6170 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6174 \begin_layout Standard
6175 Of course, you're not limited to using
6182 \begin_inset space ~
6191 \begin_inset space ~
6196 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6197 some European academic papers.
6200 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6202 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6204 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6211 \begin_layout Standard
6216 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6217 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6221 \begin_inset space ~
6226 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6227 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6228 Here's an example of each:
6231 \begin_layout Right Address
6233 \begin_inset Newline newline
6237 \begin_inset Newline newline
6241 \begin_inset Newline newline
6244 When is it? What is today?
6247 \begin_layout Standard
6251 \begin_inset space ~
6257 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6258 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6259 Here's an example of the
6266 \begin_layout Address
6268 \begin_inset Newline newline
6271 Where do I send this
6272 \begin_inset Newline newline
6275 Your post office and country
6278 \begin_layout Standard
6279 As you can see, both
6286 \begin_inset space ~
6291 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6296 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6302 This makes sense, since
6310 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6311 Thus, you have to use
6318 arg "newline-insert newline"
6324 \begin_inset space ~
6327 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6329 \begin_inset space ~
6338 menu) to start a new line in an
6345 \begin_inset space ~
6353 \begin_layout Subsection
6357 \begin_layout Standard
6358 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6359 or list of references.
6360 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6363 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6367 \begin_inset Index idx
6370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6379 \begin_layout Standard
6384 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6385 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6386 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6387 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6391 in anything else or vice versa.
6397 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6398 The book document classes ignores the
6402 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6406 in a letter document class.
6409 \begin_layout Standard
6414 environment does several things for you.
6415 First, it puts the centered label
6416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6424 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6426 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6427 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6428 the subsequent text.
6429 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6430 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6433 \begin_layout Standard
6434 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6438 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6439 The new paragraph will still be in the
6444 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6445 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6448 \begin_layout Standard
6449 \begin_inset Float figure
6454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6456 \begin_inset Graphics
6457 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6465 \begin_inset Caption
6467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6468 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6470 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6491 \begin_layout Standard
6492 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6496 environment, but since this document is in the
6497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6504 class, we can't do this.
6505 We inserted it therefore as figure
6506 \begin_inset space ~
6510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6512 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6517 If you've never heard of an
6518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6525 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6528 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6534 \begin_inset Index idx
6537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6546 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6553 \begin_layout Standard
6558 environment is used to list references.
6559 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6560 only use it at the end of the document.
6565 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6568 \begin_layout Standard
6569 When you first open a
6573 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6589 depending on the document class.
6590 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6591 Each paragraph of the
6595 environment is a bibliography entry.
6600 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6601 Each new paragraph is still in the
6608 \begin_layout Standard
6609 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6610 by using a BibTeX database.
6611 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6612 phy handling, have a look at in section
6613 \begin_inset space ~
6617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6619 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6626 \begin_layout Subsection
6630 \begin_inset Index idx
6633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6634 Paragraph ! LyX code
6640 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6649 \begin_layout Standard
6654 environment is another LyX extension.
6655 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6660 key as a fixed whitespace;
6664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6676 \begin_inset space ~
6681 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6686 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6687 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6690 arg "newline-insert newline"
6707 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6708 So, when you finish using the
6712 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6713 Also, you can nest the
6717 environment inside of others.
6720 \begin_layout Standard
6721 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6724 \begin_layout Itemize
6728 arg "newline-insert newline"
6731 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6732 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6736 \begin_inset space \space{}
6746 arg "newline-insert newline"
6752 \begin_layout Itemize
6756 arg "newline-insert newline"
6767 \begin_layout Itemize
6772 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6779 \begin_layout Itemize
6783 arg "space-insert protected"
6790 \begin_layout Itemize
6791 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6792 You must put at least one
6796 in any line you want blank.
6797 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6800 \begin_layout Itemize
6801 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6805 since that will insert
6810 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6813 arg "self-insert \""
6819 \begin_layout Standard
6823 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6827 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6831 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6835 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6839 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6840 printf("Hello World!
6845 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6849 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6853 \begin_layout Standard
6854 This is just the standard
6855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6866 \begin_layout Standard
6871 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6872 rc-files, and so on.
6873 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6874 as if you used a typewriter.
6875 \begin_inset Index idx
6878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6879 Paragraph environments|)
6887 \begin_layout Section
6888 Nesting Environments
6889 \begin_inset Index idx
6892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6893 Nesting ! Environments
6899 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6908 \begin_layout Subsection
6912 \begin_layout Standard
6913 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6915 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6917 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6919 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6931 \begin_layout Enumerate
6935 \begin_layout Enumerate
6940 \begin_layout Enumerate
6944 \begin_layout Enumerate
6949 \begin_layout Enumerate
6953 \begin_layout Standard
6954 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6955 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6958 \begin_inset space ~
6962 \begin_inset space ~
6970 \begin_inset space ~
6974 \begin_inset space ~
6983 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6984 will tell you how far you are nested).
6985 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6986 \begin_inset Graphics
6987 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6992 \begin_inset Graphics
6993 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6997 or the convenient key bindings
7008 arg "depth-increment"
7014 arg "depth-decrement"
7017 to change the nesting level.
7018 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7019 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7023 \begin_layout Standard
7024 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7025 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7026 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7027 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7030 \begin_layout Standard
7031 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7032 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7034 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7037 \begin_layout Subsection
7038 What You Can and Can't Nest
7041 \begin_layout Standard
7042 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7043 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7046 \begin_layout Standard
7047 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7048 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7049 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7052 \begin_layout Itemize
7053 Completely unnestable
7056 \begin_layout Itemize
7057 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7061 \begin_layout Itemize
7062 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7066 \begin_layout Standard
7067 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7068 environments have them:
7071 \begin_layout Description
7072 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7073 Can't nest into them.
7077 \begin_layout Itemize
7083 \begin_layout Itemize
7089 \begin_layout Itemize
7095 \begin_layout Itemize
7101 \begin_layout Itemize
7108 \begin_layout Description
7110 \begin_inset space ~
7113 Nestable You can nest them.
7114 You can nest other things into them.
7118 \begin_layout Itemize
7124 \begin_layout Itemize
7130 \begin_layout Itemize
7136 \begin_layout Itemize
7142 \begin_layout Itemize
7148 \begin_layout Itemize
7154 \begin_layout Itemize
7160 \begin_layout Itemize
7167 \begin_layout Description
7168 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7169 You can't nest anything into them.
7173 \begin_layout Itemize
7179 \begin_layout Itemize
7185 \begin_layout Itemize
7191 \begin_layout Itemize
7197 \begin_layout Itemize
7203 \begin_layout Itemize
7209 \begin_layout Itemize
7215 \begin_layout Itemize
7221 \begin_layout Itemize
7227 \begin_layout Itemize
7233 \begin_layout Itemize
7239 \begin_layout Itemize
7245 \begin_layout Itemize
7251 \begin_layout Itemize
7255 \begin_inset space ~
7261 \begin_layout Itemize
7268 \begin_layout Standard
7269 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7277 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7286 \begin_inset space ~
7290 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7294 \begin_inset space \space{}
7297 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7298 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7299 section headings violate this.
7307 \begin_layout Subsection
7308 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7309 \begin_inset Index idx
7312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7313 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7321 \begin_layout Standard
7322 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7323 affected by nesting anyhow.
7327 \begin_layout Itemize
7331 \begin_layout Itemize
7335 \begin_layout Itemize
7339 \begin_layout Standard
7341 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7349 Figures and tables in
7353 are not affected by this.
7358 Have a look at section
7359 \begin_inset space ~
7363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7365 reference "sec:Floats"
7369 for more information about
7376 \begin_layout Standard
7377 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7378 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7382 \begin_layout Standard
7383 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7391 of its own, it behaves just like a
7392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7399 paragraph environment.
7400 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7404 \begin_layout Standard
7405 Here's an example with a table:
7408 \begin_layout Enumerate
7413 \begin_layout Enumerate
7414 This is (a) and it's nested.
7418 \begin_layout Standard
7419 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7425 \begin_layout Standard
7427 \begin_inset Tabular
7428 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7429 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7430 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7431 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7515 \begin_layout Standard
7516 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7523 \begin_layout Enumerate
7525 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7529 \begin_layout Enumerate
7533 \begin_layout Standard
7534 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7537 \begin_layout Enumerate
7542 \begin_layout Enumerate
7543 This is (a) and it's nested.
7547 \begin_layout Standard
7548 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7554 \begin_layout Standard
7556 \begin_inset Tabular
7557 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7558 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7559 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7560 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7644 \begin_layout Standard
7645 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7651 \begin_layout Enumerate
7658 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7661 \begin_layout Enumerate
7665 \begin_layout Standard
7666 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7670 \begin_layout Standard
7671 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7673 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7676 \begin_layout Enumerate
7681 \begin_layout Enumerate
7682 This is (a) and it's nested.
7685 \begin_layout Standard
7686 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7692 \begin_layout Standard
7694 \begin_inset Tabular
7695 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7696 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7697 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7698 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7782 \begin_layout Standard
7783 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7789 \begin_layout Enumerate
7791 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7799 \begin_layout Enumerate
7803 \begin_layout Standard
7804 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7810 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7811 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7815 \begin_layout Subsection
7816 Usage and General Features
7819 \begin_layout Standard
7820 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7829 is the innermost possible depth.
7830 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7833 \begin_layout Enumerate
7834 level #1 – outermost
7838 \begin_layout Enumerate
7843 \begin_layout Enumerate
7848 \begin_layout Enumerate
7853 \begin_layout Itemize
7858 \begin_layout Itemize
7867 \begin_layout Standard
7868 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7869 both of them in the example.
7870 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7880 For example, if we tried to nest another
7885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7892 , we would get errors.
7895 \begin_layout Subsection
7897 \begin_inset Index idx
7900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7909 \begin_layout Standard
7910 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7911 We have several examples of nested environments.
7912 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7916 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7917 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7920 \begin_layout Labeling
7921 \labelwidthstring MMM
7922 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7931 \begin_layout Labeling
7932 \labelwidthstring MMM
7933 #2-a This is level #2.
7934 We created it by using
7937 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7943 arg "depth-increment"
7950 \begin_layout Labeling
7951 \labelwidthstring MMM
7952 #3-a This is level #3.
7953 This time, we just hit
7960 arg "depth-increment"
7964 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7968 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7974 arg "depth-increment"
7981 \begin_layout Standard
7986 environment, nested inside of
7987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7995 So, it's at level #4.
7996 We did this by hitting
7999 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8005 arg "depth-increment"
8008 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8013 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8029 \begin_layout Standard
8034 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8037 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8043 \begin_layout Labeling
8044 \labelwidthstring MMM
8045 #4-a This is level #4.
8049 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8052 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8057 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8061 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8066 keep nesting things inside
8067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8078 \begin_layout Labeling
8079 \labelwidthstring MMM
8080 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8085 \begin_layout Labeling
8086 \labelwidthstring MMM
8087 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8088 and this is level #6.
8089 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8093 \begin_layout Labeling
8094 \labelwidthstring MMM
8095 #5-b Back to level #5.
8099 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8105 arg "depth-decrement"
8112 \begin_layout Labeling
8113 \labelwidthstring MMM
8117 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8123 arg "depth-decrement"
8126 , we're back at level #4.
8130 \begin_layout Labeling
8131 \labelwidthstring MMM
8132 #3-b Back to level #3.
8133 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8137 \begin_layout Labeling
8138 \labelwidthstring MMM
8139 #2-b Back to level #2.
8144 \begin_layout Labeling
8145 \labelwidthstring MMM
8146 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8147 After this sentence, we'll hit
8151 and change the paragraph environment back to
8158 \begin_layout Standard
8159 We could have also used the
8175 environment in place of the
8180 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8183 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8184 Example 2: Inheritance
8187 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8188 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8191 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8200 arg "depth-increment"
8203 , after which, we'll change to the
8211 \begin_layout Enumerate
8216 environment, at level #2.
8219 \begin_layout Enumerate
8220 Notice how the nested
8224 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8228 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8232 \begin_layout Standard
8233 We ended this example by hitting
8238 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8242 and reset the nesting depth by using
8245 arg "depth-decrement"
8251 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8252 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8261 \begin_inset Argument
8264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8265 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8273 \begin_layout Enumerate
8274 This is level #1, in an
8278 paragraph environment.
8279 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8283 \begin_layout Enumerate
8288 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8294 arg "depth-increment"
8298 Now, what happens if we nest an
8302 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8303 label be? An asterisk?
8307 \begin_layout Itemize
8317 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8318 So, its label is a bullet.
8319 (We got here by using
8322 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8328 arg "depth-increment"
8331 , then changing the environment to
8339 \begin_layout Itemize
8340 Here's level #4, produced using
8343 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8349 arg "depth-increment"
8353 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8358 \begin_layout Enumerate
8359 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8361 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8366 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8370 , because we are in the
8379 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8398 \begin_layout Enumerate
8403 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8404 type of numbering does LyX use?
8407 \begin_layout Enumerate
8408 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8411 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8414 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8417 \begin_layout Enumerate
8421 arg "depth-decrement"
8424 to decrease the depth after the next
8427 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8434 \begin_layout Enumerate
8436 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8440 \begin_layout Enumerate
8442 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8443 numeral as the label.Why?
8446 \begin_layout Enumerate
8447 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8456 Notice, however, that LyX
8460 reset the counter for the label.
8464 \begin_layout Enumerate
8468 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8474 arg "depth-decrement"
8477 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8478 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8479 into the twofold-nested
8487 \begin_layout Enumerate
8488 The same thing happens if we do another
8491 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8497 arg "depth-decrement"
8500 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8503 \begin_layout Standard
8504 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8509 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8523 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8529 The same rule applies for the
8533 environment, as well.
8536 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8537 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8540 \begin_layout Enumerate
8541 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8542 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8543 same detail with how we did it.
8552 \begin_layout Standard
8560 arg "depth-increment"
8567 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8568 example in parentheses someplace.
8569 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8570 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8571 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8575 \begin_layout Enumerate
8580 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8585 Now we'll add verse.
8586 \begin_inset Newline newline
8589 It will get much worse.
8590 \begin_inset Newline newline
8600 arg "depth-increment"
8611 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8612 \begin_inset Newline newline
8615 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8616 \begin_inset Newline newline
8622 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8635 \begin_layout Standard
8636 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8642 \begin_layout Standard
8644 \begin_inset Tabular
8645 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8646 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8647 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8648 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8737 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8747 arg "depth-increment"
8753 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8763 arg "depth-decrement"
8770 \begin_layout Enumerate
8775 : level #1) This is another item.
8776 Note that selecting a
8780 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8781 3 times to put the table inside the
8789 \begin_layout Quotation
8790 We're now ending the
8794 list and changing to
8799 We're still at level #1.
8800 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8801 The next set of paragraphs is a
8802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8816 \begin_inset space ~
8821 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8825 for the letter body.
8829 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8832 to preserve the depth.
8833 Remember that you need to use
8836 arg "newline-insert newline"
8839 to create multiple lines inside the
8846 \begin_inset space ~
8856 \begin_layout Right Address
8858 \begin_inset Newline newline
8861 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8862 \begin_inset Newline newline
8868 \begin_layout Address
8870 \begin_inset space ~
8876 \begin_layout Quotation
8877 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8878 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8881 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8882 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8883 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8884 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8885 as soon as possible.
8886 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8889 \begin_layout Quotation
8890 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8891 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8892 with your order, along with payment.
8895 \begin_layout Quotation
8896 We thank you again for your patience.
8899 \begin_layout Address
8901 \begin_inset Newline newline
8908 \begin_layout Quotation
8909 That ends that example!
8912 \begin_layout Standard
8913 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8914 just a few keystrokes.
8915 We could have easily nested an
8936 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8939 \begin_layout Section
8940 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8941 \begin_inset Index idx
8944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8953 \begin_layout Standard
8954 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8955 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8956 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8957 be broken at the end of a line.
8958 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8962 \begin_layout Subsection
8964 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8966 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8971 \begin_inset Index idx
8974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8983 \begin_layout Standard
8984 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8986 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8990 Further documentation is given in section
8991 \begin_inset Newline newline
8995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8997 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9005 \begin_layout Standard
9006 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9019 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9021 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9030 A protected space is set with
9032 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9033 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9037 \begin_inset space ~
9047 arg "space-insert protected"
9053 \begin_layout Subsection
9055 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9057 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9062 \begin_inset Index idx
9065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9066 Spacing ! Horizontal
9074 \begin_layout Standard
9075 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9077 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9078 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9082 The length units are listed in Appendix
9083 \begin_inset space ~
9087 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9089 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9096 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9098 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9100 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9105 \begin_inset Index idx
9108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9117 \begin_layout Standard
9119 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9123 \begin_inset space \space{}
9126 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9127 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9128 \begin_inset space ~
9132 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9134 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9139 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9140 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9143 arg "space-insert normal"
9149 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9151 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9153 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9158 \begin_inset Index idx
9161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9170 \begin_layout Standard
9172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9179 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9188 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9189 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9190 inside abbreviations:
9195 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9199 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9202 \begin_layout Standard
9203 or between values and units.
9204 Compare for example this:
9205 \begin_inset Newline newline
9209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9213 \begin_inset Newline newline
9219 \begin_layout Standard
9220 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9222 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9223 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9225 \begin_inset space ~
9233 arg "space-insert thin"
9239 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9241 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9243 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9250 \begin_layout Standard
9251 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9254 \begin_layout Description
9256 \begin_inset space ~
9260 \begin_inset space ~
9264 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9268 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9272 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9275 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9278 \begin_layout Description
9280 \begin_inset space ~
9284 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9288 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9292 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9296 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9300 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9303 em) space between the arrows.
9306 \begin_layout Description
9308 \begin_inset space ~
9312 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9316 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9320 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9324 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9328 \begin_inset space ~
9332 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9335 em) space between the arrows.
9338 \begin_layout Description
9340 \begin_inset space ~
9344 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9348 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9352 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9356 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9360 \begin_inset space ~
9364 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9367 em) space between the arrows.
9370 \begin_layout Description
9372 \begin_inset space ~
9376 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9380 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9385 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9389 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9392 cm space between the arrows.
9395 \begin_layout Standard
9397 \begin_inset space ~
9401 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9403 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9407 lists the different space sizes.
9410 \begin_layout Standard
9411 \begin_inset Float table
9416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9418 \begin_inset Caption
9420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9421 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9423 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9427 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9437 \begin_inset Tabular
9438 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9439 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9440 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9441 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9481 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9505 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9529 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9553 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9568 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9581 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9596 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9609 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9624 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9637 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9658 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9664 \begin_inset Index idx
9667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9676 \begin_layout Standard
9677 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9678 in a uniform fashion.
9679 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9680 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9681 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9682 equally between themselves.
9686 \begin_layout Standard
9687 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9692 This is on the left side
9693 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9696 This is on the right
9702 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9706 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9715 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9719 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9723 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9729 \begin_layout Standard
9730 That was an example in the
9736 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9740 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9744 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9747 is one in a standard paragraph.
9748 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9752 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9755 \begin_layout Standard
9756 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9759 \begin_inset space ~
9764 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9767 \begin_layout Standard
9769 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9773 \begin_inset space ~
9779 \begin_layout Standard
9781 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9785 \begin_inset space ~
9791 \begin_layout Standard
9793 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9797 \begin_inset space ~
9803 \begin_layout Standard
9805 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9809 \begin_inset space ~
9815 \begin_layout Standard
9817 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9821 \begin_inset space ~
9827 \begin_layout Standard
9829 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9833 \begin_inset space ~
9839 \begin_layout Standard
9840 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9848 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9852 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9853 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9854 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9858 option in the space dialog.
9866 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9868 \begin_inset Index idx
9871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9880 \begin_layout Standard
9881 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9883 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9887 \begin_inset space \space{}
9890 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9893 \begin_layout Standard
9894 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9897 What is correct English?:
9898 \begin_inset Newline newline
9902 \begin_inset Newline newline
9906 \begin_inset space ~
9909 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9910 \begin_inset Newline newline
9914 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
9917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9925 \begin_inset Newline newline
9929 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
9932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9940 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9946 \begin_layout Standard
9947 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9952 \begin_inset space ~
9956 \begin_inset space ~
9960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9964 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
9966 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9967 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9971 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
9973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9977 \begin_inset space ~
9981 \begin_inset space ~
9985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9988 into the phantom inset (note the space after
9989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9997 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
9998 That is why it is named
9999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10007 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
10008 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10012 \begin_layout Subsection
10014 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10016 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10021 \begin_inset Index idx
10024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10033 \begin_layout Standard
10034 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10036 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10037 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10039 \begin_inset space ~
10045 There you find the following sizes:
10048 \begin_layout Standard
10061 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10066 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10068 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10072 \begin_inset Index idx
10075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10076 Document ! Settings
10081 for the paragraph separation.
10082 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10093 \begin_layout Standard
10099 \begin_inset Index idx
10102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10108 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10109 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10111 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10112 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10121 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10130 s are described in section
10131 \begin_inset space ~
10135 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10137 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10146 If there are several
10150 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10151 You can therefore use
10155 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10158 \begin_layout Standard
10163 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10164 \begin_inset space ~
10168 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10170 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10177 \begin_layout Standard
10178 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10188 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10189 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10201 \begin_layout Subsection
10202 Paragraph Alignment
10205 \begin_layout Standard
10206 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10208 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10212 There are five possibilities:
10215 \begin_layout Itemize
10223 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10229 \begin_layout Itemize
10237 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10243 \begin_layout Itemize
10251 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10257 \begin_layout Itemize
10265 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10271 \begin_layout Itemize
10279 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10285 \begin_layout Standard
10286 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10287 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10288 the left and right margins.
10289 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10292 \begin_layout Standard
10294 This paragraph is right aligned,
10297 \begin_layout Standard
10299 this one is centered,
10302 \begin_layout Standard
10304 this one is left aligned.
10307 \begin_layout Subsection
10309 \begin_inset Index idx
10312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10313 Page breaks ! Forced
10319 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10321 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10328 \begin_layout Standard
10329 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10330 can force a page break where you want one.
10331 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10332 Only if you use a lot of
10336 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10339 \begin_layout Standard
10340 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10341 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10345 have to change the page breaking.
10348 \begin_layout Standard
10349 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10351 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10353 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10354 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10356 \begin_inset space ~
10362 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10364 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10365 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10367 \begin_inset space ~
10372 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10374 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10375 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10378 \begin_layout Standard
10379 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10380 at the top of a page.
10381 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10382 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10383 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10384 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10388 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10392 to learn more about
10399 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10401 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10403 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10408 \begin_inset Index idx
10411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10412 Page breaks ! Clear
10420 \begin_layout Standard
10421 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10422 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10423 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10424 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10425 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10428 \begin_layout Standard
10429 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10431 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10432 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10434 \begin_inset space ~
10440 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10442 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10443 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10445 \begin_inset space ~
10449 \begin_inset space ~
10454 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10455 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10458 \begin_layout Subsection
10460 \begin_inset Index idx
10463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10470 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10472 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10479 \begin_layout Standard
10480 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10482 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10484 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10485 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10487 \begin_inset space ~
10491 \begin_inset space ~
10499 arg "newline-insert newline"
10503 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10508 \begin_inset space ~
10512 \begin_inset space ~
10517 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10519 This is necessary to avoid
10520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10527 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10530 \begin_layout Standard
10531 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10532 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10533 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10534 set a line break, e.
10535 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10539 \begin_inset space \space{}
10542 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10543 \begin_inset space ~
10547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10549 reference "sec:Quote"
10554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10556 reference "sec:Verse"
10561 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10563 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10570 \begin_layout Subsection
10572 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10574 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10579 \begin_inset Index idx
10582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10591 \begin_layout Standard
10593 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10604 \begin_layout Standard
10607 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10608 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10610 \begin_inset space ~
10615 you can insert horizontal lines.
10616 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10617 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10620 \begin_layout Standard
10622 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10633 \begin_layout Standard
10637 \begin_layout Section
10638 Characters and Symbols
10641 \begin_layout Standard
10642 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10643 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10644 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10648 \begin_inset space \space{}
10651 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10653 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10659 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10663 for information on how this is done.
10666 \begin_layout Standard
10667 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10672 dialog via the menu
10674 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10675 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10681 \begin_layout Standard
10682 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10690 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10691 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10692 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10700 \begin_layout Section
10701 Fonts and Text Styles
10702 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10704 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10711 \begin_layout Subsection
10713 \begin_inset Index idx
10716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10725 \begin_layout Standard
10726 There are two types of fonts:
10729 \begin_layout Description
10731 \begin_inset space ~
10735 \begin_inset Index idx
10738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10744 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10745 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10749 characters) in the font.
10750 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10751 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10752 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10753 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10754 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10755 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10756 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10757 \begin_inset Newline newline
10760 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10761 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10762 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10763 sizes than at small ones.
10764 \begin_inset Newline newline
10778 \begin_inset space ~
10786 \begin_layout Description
10788 \begin_inset space ~
10792 \begin_inset Index idx
10795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10801 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10802 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10803 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10804 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10805 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10806 picture manipulation program.
10807 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10808 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10809 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10810 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10811 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10813 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10814 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10815 \begin_inset Newline newline
10818 Bitmap fonts are named
10821 \begin_inset space ~
10826 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10829 \begin_layout Standard
10830 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10831 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10832 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10833 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10834 use scalable fonts.
10837 \begin_layout Standard
10838 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10839 its document properties.
10842 \begin_layout Standard
10843 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10844 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10845 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10846 font to emphasize text, you use an
10847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10855 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10856 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10860 \begin_layout Subsection
10861 Document Font and Font size
10862 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10864 name "sub:Document-Font"
10869 \begin_inset Index idx
10872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10879 \begin_inset Index idx
10882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10891 \begin_layout Standard
10892 You can set the document fonts in the
10894 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10898 \begin_inset Index idx
10901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10902 Document ! Settings
10908 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10909 font shapes roman (serif),
10912 \begin_inset space ~
10924 \begin_layout Standard
10925 The possible options for the font include
10929 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10934 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10956 European Computer Modern
10959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10969 \begin_layout Standard
10978 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
10979 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10984 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10987 \begin_inset space ~
10992 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10998 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10999 There are three ways to use one:
11002 \begin_layout Itemize
11003 One way is to use the
11013 Virtual means that it
11014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11025 -glyphs from other fonts.
11026 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11048 Loading the LaTeX-package
11053 \begin_inset Index idx
11056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11057 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11062 with the document preamble line
11063 \begin_inset Newline newline
11070 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11071 \begin_inset Newline newline
11076 will fix the guillemet problem.
11081 and that accented characters are not
11085 glyph, they are build of
11089 characters, the accent and the letter.
11090 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
11094 fonts for words with accented characters.
11095 If you search for example for the French word
11096 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11103 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11112 and not for the glyph
11113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11117 \begin_inset space ~
11121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11127 \begin_layout Itemize
11128 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11141 , consist of these three main font types
11144 \begin_inset space ~
11173 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11177 \begin_inset space ~
11184 as typewriter font.
11185 \begin_inset Newline newline
11188 The differences between roman,
11191 \begin_inset space ~
11200 fonts are explained in section
11201 \begin_inset space ~
11205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11207 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11212 \begin_inset Newline newline
11219 was originally designed for newspapers.
11220 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11221 into the small newspaper columns.
11226 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11229 \begin_layout Itemize
11230 The best solution is to use the
11239 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11243 as the default font.
11244 In most cases they look the same as
11252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11253 One difference is improved kerning for the
11266 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11277 \begin_layout Standard
11278 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11281 For the font size there are four possible values:
11298 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11301 \begin_layout Standard
11302 The font sizes are the
11307 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11308 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11309 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11312 \begin_inset space ~
11318 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11319 \begin_inset space ~
11323 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11325 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11332 \begin_layout Standard
11337 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11338 a font to display the script characters.
11342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11343 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11348 So this has no effect for the document language
11364 \begin_layout Standard
11365 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11369 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11377 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11381 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11382 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11383 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11385 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11388 dialog, see section
11389 \begin_inset space ~
11393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11395 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11407 \begin_layout Subsection
11408 Using Different Character Styles
11409 \begin_inset Index idx
11412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11419 \begin_inset Index idx
11422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11431 \begin_layout Standard
11432 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11433 certain paragraph environments.
11434 LyX supports two character styles,
11443 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11447 \begin_layout Standard
11452 style, do one of the following:
11455 \begin_layout Itemize
11456 click on the toolbar button
11457 \begin_inset Graphics
11458 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11465 \begin_layout Itemize
11466 use the key binding
11475 \begin_layout Standard
11476 These commands are all toggles.
11481 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11484 \begin_layout Standard
11485 One typically uses the
11489 style for proper names.
11491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11498 is the original author of LyX.
11499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11505 \begin_layout Standard
11506 A more widely used character style is the
11511 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11518 \begin_layout Itemize
11519 clicking on the toolbar button
11520 \begin_inset Graphics
11521 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11528 \begin_layout Itemize
11529 using the keybindings
11538 \begin_layout Standard
11543 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11544 es use a different font.
11547 \begin_layout Standard
11548 We've been using the
11552 style all over the place in this document.
11553 Here's one more example:
11556 \begin_layout Quotation
11559 Don't overuse character styles!
11562 \begin_layout Standard
11563 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11564 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11565 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11566 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11570 \begin_layout Standard
11571 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11579 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11581 \begin_inset space ~
11589 \begin_layout Subsection
11590 Fine-Tuning with the
11595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11597 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11602 \begin_inset Index idx
11605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11614 \begin_layout Standard
11615 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11616 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11617 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11618 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11619 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11620 from ordinary dialog.
11623 \begin_layout Standard
11624 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11625 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11626 \begin_inset Newline newline
11629 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11630 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11633 \begin_layout Standard
11634 To use custom character styles, open the
11636 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11638 \begin_inset space ~
11644 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11645 font property which you can choose.
11646 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11649 \begin_inset space ~
11654 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11659 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11660 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11661 environments in a snap.
11664 \begin_layout Standard
11665 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11668 \begin_inset space ~
11680 \begin_layout Labeling
11681 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11695 The possible options are:
11699 \begin_layout Labeling
11700 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11705 This is the Roman font family.
11706 Normally a serif font.
11707 It's also the default family.
11717 \begin_layout Labeling
11718 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11722 \begin_inset space ~
11729 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11741 \begin_layout Labeling
11742 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11749 This is the Typewriter font family.
11755 arg "font-typewriter"
11764 \begin_layout Labeling
11765 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11770 This corresponds to the print weight.
11775 \begin_layout Labeling
11776 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11781 This is the Medium font series.
11782 It's also the default series.
11785 \begin_layout Labeling
11786 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11793 This is the Bold font series.
11806 \begin_layout Labeling
11807 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11812 As the name implies.
11817 \begin_layout Labeling
11818 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11823 This is the Upright font shape.
11824 It's also the default shape.
11827 \begin_layout Labeling
11828 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11842 s the Italic font shape
11848 \begin_layout Labeling
11849 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11856 This is the Slanted font shape
11858 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11861 \begin_layout Labeling
11862 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11866 \begin_inset space ~
11873 This is the Small caps font shape
11880 \begin_layout Labeling
11881 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11886 Alters the size of the font.
11887 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11888 nal to the document font size.
11889 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11890 what you want to do.
11895 \begin_layout Labeling
11896 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11917 arg "font-size tiny"
11923 \begin_layout Labeling
11924 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11945 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11951 \begin_layout Labeling
11952 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11973 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11979 \begin_layout Labeling
11980 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12001 arg "font-size small"
12007 \begin_layout Labeling
12008 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12022 It's also the default size.
12026 arg "font-size normal"
12032 \begin_layout Labeling
12033 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12054 arg "font-size large"
12060 \begin_layout Labeling
12061 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12082 arg "font-size larger"
12088 \begin_layout Labeling
12089 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12110 arg "font-size largest"
12116 \begin_layout Labeling
12117 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12138 arg "font-size huge"
12144 \begin_layout Labeling
12145 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12166 arg "font-size giant"
12173 \begin_layout Standard
12178 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12179 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12180 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12181 — use that instead.
12182 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12185 \begin_layout Labeling
12186 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12191 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12196 \begin_layout Labeling
12197 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12204 This is text with emphasize on
12207 This might seem like the same as
12211 , but it is actually a bit different.
12217 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12219 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12222 \begin_layout Labeling
12223 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12230 This is text with Underbar on.
12236 arg "font-underline"
12242 \begin_inset Newline newline
12247 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12248 when you couldn't change fonts.
12249 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12250 It's only included in LyX because some people
12254 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12257 \begin_layout Labeling
12258 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12265 This is text with Noun on.
12272 , this is a logical attribute.
12273 Normally it's equivalent to
12276 \begin_inset space ~
12285 \begin_layout Labeling
12286 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12291 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12292 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12296 \begin_inset space ~
12301 , which is the default
12302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12309 and means normally black, you can choose between
12342 \begin_inset Index idx
12345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12354 \begin_layout Labeling
12355 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12360 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12361 the language of the document.
12362 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12366 \begin_layout Standard
12367 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12368 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12370 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12372 \begin_inset space ~
12377 dialog, the settings are saved.
12378 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12379 \begin_inset Graphics
12380 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12385 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12386 when the dialog isn't visible.
12390 \begin_layout Standard
12391 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12398 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12399 (suppose you just set the shape to
12400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12418 \begin_inset space ~
12430 \begin_layout Standard
12431 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12439 \begin_inset space ~
12451 \begin_layout Itemize
12457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12464 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12482 \begin_inset Newline newline
12486 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
12489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12500 \begin_inset Note Note
12503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12504 For more on phantoms see section
12505 \begin_inset space ~
12509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12511 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12521 \begin_inset Newline newline
12527 \begin_layout Itemize
12532 fonts use characters with serifs.
12533 These are the small
12534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12541 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12542 The following example will show the difference:
12543 \begin_inset Newline newline
12547 \begin_inset Newline newline
12552 text without serifs
12555 \begin_inset Newline newline
12558 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12559 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12566 \begin_layout Itemize
12572 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12573 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12576 \begin_layout Standard
12577 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12578 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12581 \begin_layout Section
12582 Printing and Previewing
12585 \begin_layout Subsection
12589 \begin_layout Standard
12590 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12591 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12592 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12593 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12594 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12596 Additional Features
12601 \begin_layout Standard
12602 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12603 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12604 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12605 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12606 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12607 This happens in two stages:
12610 \begin_layout Enumerate
12611 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12612 generating a file with the extension,
12613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12627 \begin_layout Enumerate
12628 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12632 file to produce printable output.
12636 \begin_layout Subsection
12637 Output file formats
12638 \begin_inset Index idx
12641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12648 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12650 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12657 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12659 \begin_inset Index idx
12662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12663 File formats ! ASCII
12671 \begin_layout Standard
12672 This file type has the extension
12673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12685 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12689 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12696 \begin_layout Standard
12697 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12699 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12700 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12706 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12708 \begin_inset Index idx
12711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12712 File formats ! LaTeX
12720 \begin_layout Standard
12721 This file type has the extension
12722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12733 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12735 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12736 it manually with console commands.
12737 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12738 you view or export your document.
12741 \begin_layout Standard
12742 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12744 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12745 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12764 \begin_inset Index idx
12767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12776 \begin_layout Standard
12777 This file type has the extension
12778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12798 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12799 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12800 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12804 \begin_layout Standard
12805 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
12806 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12807 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12808 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12810 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12813 \begin_layout Standard
12814 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12816 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12817 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12823 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12825 \begin_inset Index idx
12828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12829 File formats ! PostScript
12837 \begin_layout Standard
12838 This file type has the extension
12839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12851 PostScript was developed by the company
12855 as a printer language.
12856 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12858 PostScript can be seen as a
12859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12862 programming language
12863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12866 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12871 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12877 \begin_inset Index idx
12880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12881 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12891 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12894 \begin_layout Standard
12895 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12899 Encapsulated PostScript
12900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12903 (EPS, file extension
12904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12916 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12917 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12919 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12922 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12923 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12926 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12927 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12928 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12929 EPS to avoid this problem.
12932 \begin_layout Standard
12933 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12935 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12936 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12942 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12944 \begin_inset Index idx
12947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12954 \begin_inset Index idx
12957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12966 \begin_layout Standard
12967 This file type has the extension
12968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12984 Portable Document Format
12985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12992 was derived from PostScript.
12993 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
12995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13002 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13003 looks exactly the same.
13006 \begin_layout Standard
13007 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13011 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13015 (JPG, file extension
13016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13043 Portable Network Graphics
13044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13047 (PNG, file extension
13048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13060 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13061 in the background to one of these formats.
13062 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13063 will slow down your workflow.
13064 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13067 \begin_layout Standard
13068 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13070 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13073 in three different ways:
13076 \begin_layout Description
13077 PDF This uses the program
13081 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13082 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13086 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13087 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13090 \begin_layout Description
13092 \begin_inset space ~
13095 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13099 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13103 \begin_layout Description
13105 \begin_inset space ~
13108 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13112 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13115 \begin_layout Standard
13116 We recommend to use
13119 \begin_inset space ~
13128 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13129 works without problems.
13134 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13137 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13139 \begin_inset Index idx
13142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13143 FileFormats ! XHTML
13149 \begin_inset Index idx
13152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13161 \begin_layout Standard
13162 This file type has the extension
13163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13175 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13176 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13177 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13178 suitable for the purpose.
13179 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13180 it, but not all do.
13183 \begin_layout Standard
13184 XHTML output remains
13185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13192 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13197 LyX and the World Wide Web
13198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13203 Additional Features
13205 manual, for more information.
13208 \begin_layout Standard
13209 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13211 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13212 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13218 \begin_layout Subsection
13220 \begin_inset Index idx
13223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13232 \begin_layout Standard
13233 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13234 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13238 and choose a file type.
13239 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13242 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13245 you can use the toolbar button
13246 \begin_inset Graphics
13247 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13254 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13259 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13261 \begin_inset space ~
13267 \begin_inset Graphics
13268 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13274 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13278 \begin_inset Graphics
13279 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13286 arg "buffer-view ps"
13292 \begin_layout Standard
13293 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13294 viewer window using the menu
13296 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13302 \begin_layout Standard
13303 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13305 To have a real output, export your document.
13308 \begin_layout Subsection
13309 Printing the File from within LyX
13310 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13312 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13319 \begin_layout Standard
13320 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13321 it directly from within LyX.
13322 To print a file, select the menu
13324 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13327 or click on the toolbar button
13328 \begin_inset Graphics
13329 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13334 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13335 This file is then processed by the program
13339 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13344 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13347 \begin_layout Standard
13348 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13349 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13350 printing one set to print on the other side.
13351 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13352 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13353 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13356 \begin_layout Standard
13357 You can set the parameters in the
13360 \begin_inset space ~
13368 \begin_layout Labeling
13369 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13374 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13379 Note that this printer name is for the program
13388 has to be configured for this printer name.
13389 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13390 \begin_inset space ~
13394 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13396 reference "sub:Printer"
13405 The printer should understand PostScript.
13408 \begin_layout Labeling
13409 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13414 The name of a file to print to.
13415 The output will be a PostScript file.
13416 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13420 \begin_layout Section
13421 A few Words about Typography
13422 \begin_inset Index idx
13425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13434 \begin_layout Subsection
13436 \begin_inset Index idx
13439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13448 \begin_layout Standard
13450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13461 character comes in four lengths: the
13473 , and the minus sign:
13474 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13480 \begin_layout Standard
13481 \begin_inset Tabular
13482 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13483 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13484 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13485 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13486 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13487 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13516 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13556 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13581 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13583 \begin_inset space ~
13586 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13593 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13618 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13620 \begin_inset space ~
13623 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13644 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13678 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13684 \begin_layout Standard
13685 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13697 character multiple times in a row.
13698 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13699 the final output, but not in LyX.
13701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13705 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13717 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13721 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13731 \begin_layout Standard
13732 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13733 math mode and has a length of its own.
13734 Here are some examples of the
13735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13749 \begin_layout Enumerate
13750 line- and page-breaks
13751 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13761 \begin_layout Enumerate
13763 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13773 \begin_layout Enumerate
13774 Oh — there's a dash.
13775 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13785 \begin_layout Enumerate
13786 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13790 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13800 \begin_layout Subsection
13802 \begin_inset Index idx
13805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13812 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13814 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13821 \begin_layout Standard
13822 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13823 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13828 \begin_inset Index idx
13831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13832 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13837 following the rules of the document language
13841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13842 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13850 \begin_inset space ~
13854 \begin_inset space ~
13861 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13872 \begin_layout Standard
13873 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13878 font and with unusual constructs, like
13879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13887 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13888 This is done with the menu
13890 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13891 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13893 \begin_inset space ~
13899 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13900 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13903 \begin_layout Standard
13904 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13905 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13915 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13923 as hyphenation possibility.
13924 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13925 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
13926 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
13932 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13933 As LyX doesn't support
13939 , you have to use TeX Code.
13940 The result looks in LyX like:
13943 \begin_layout Standard
13944 \begin_inset Graphics
13945 filename clipart/mbox.png
13952 \begin_layout Standard
13953 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13954 \begin_inset space ~
13958 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13960 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13967 \begin_layout Subsection
13969 \begin_inset Index idx
13972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13981 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13982 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13983 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13985 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13992 \begin_layout Standard
13993 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13994 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13995 LaTeX then adds the
13996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13999 appropriate amount of space
14000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14004 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14006 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14009 \begin_layout Standard
14010 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
14011 not work in all cases.
14013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14024 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14025 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14028 \begin_layout Standard
14029 Here are some examples of
14033 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14036 \begin_layout Itemize
14041 \begin_layout Itemize
14046 \begin_layout Standard
14047 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14050 \begin_layout Itemize
14052 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14056 this is too much space!
14059 \begin_layout Itemize
14064 \begin_layout Standard
14065 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14068 \begin_layout Standard
14069 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14072 \begin_layout Enumerate
14076 \begin_inset space ~
14081 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14082 \begin_inset space ~
14086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14088 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14093 \begin_inset Index idx
14096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14097 Spaces ! inter-word
14105 \begin_layout Enumerate
14109 \begin_inset space ~
14114 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14115 \begin_inset space ~
14119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14121 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14126 \begin_inset Index idx
14129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14138 \begin_layout Enumerate
14142 \begin_inset space ~
14146 \begin_inset space ~
14150 \begin_inset space ~
14157 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14159 \begin_inset space ~
14164 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14165 This function is also bound to
14168 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14174 \begin_layout Standard
14175 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14178 \begin_layout Itemize
14180 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14184 \begin_inset space \space{}
14187 this is too much space!
14190 \begin_layout Itemize
14191 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14195 \begin_layout Standard
14196 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14197 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14198 will take care of this.
14201 \begin_layout Standard
14202 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14206 \begin_inset space ~
14211 feature described in section
14217 Additional Features
14222 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14224 \begin_inset Index idx
14227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14228 Typography ! Quotes
14234 \begin_inset Index idx
14237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14268 \begin_layout Standard
14269 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14270 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14271 and use a closing quote at the end.
14273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14281 The keyboard character,
14285 , generates this automatically.
14288 \begin_layout Standard
14289 You can change the behavior of the
14293 key using the submenu
14299 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14303 \begin_inset Index idx
14306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14307 Document ! Settings
14315 \begin_layout Standard
14316 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14321 There are six choices:
14324 \begin_layout Labeling
14325 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14337 Use quotes like this
14338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14346 \begin_inset Quotes els
14350 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14356 \begin_layout Labeling
14357 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14360 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14364 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14370 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14374 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14378 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14384 \begin_layout Labeling
14385 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14388 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14392 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14398 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14402 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14406 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14410 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14416 \begin_layout Labeling
14417 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14420 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14424 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14430 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14434 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14438 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14442 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14448 \begin_layout Labeling
14449 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14452 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14456 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14462 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14466 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14470 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14474 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14480 \begin_layout Labeling
14481 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14484 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14488 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14494 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14498 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14502 \begin_inset Quotes als
14506 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14512 \begin_layout Standard
14513 These settings affect what character the
14520 \begin_layout Subsection
14522 \begin_inset Index idx
14525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14526 Typography ! Ligatures
14532 \begin_inset Index idx
14535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14564 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14566 name "sub:Ligatures"
14573 \begin_layout Standard
14574 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14575 print them as single characters.
14576 These groups are known as
14581 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14583 Here are the standard ligatures:
14586 \begin_layout Itemize
14590 \begin_layout Itemize
14594 \begin_layout Itemize
14598 \begin_layout Itemize
14602 \begin_layout Itemize
14606 \begin_layout Standard
14607 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14610 \begin_layout Standard
14611 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14612 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14620 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14636 To break a ligature, use
14638 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14639 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14641 \begin_inset space ~
14648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14659 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14676 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14684 \begin_layout Subsection
14686 \begin_inset Index idx
14689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14696 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14698 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14705 \begin_layout Standard
14706 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14707 characters in different sizes and heights.
14708 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14709 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14729 \begin_inset Note Note
14732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14733 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14741 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14742 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14747 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14751 \begin_layout Description
14752 LyX The name of the game, write
14753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14774 \begin_layout Description
14775 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14797 \begin_layout Description
14798 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14820 \begin_layout Description
14821 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14843 \begin_layout Standard
14844 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14849 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14857 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14858 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14859 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14862 : The actual version is
14863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14870 , the previous one was
14871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14881 \begin_layout Standard
14882 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14883 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14887 \begin_inset space \space{}
14890 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14892 This will look in LyX like:
14893 \begin_inset Graphics
14894 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14900 \begin_inset Newline newline
14903 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14904 \begin_inset space ~
14908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14910 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14917 \begin_layout Subsection
14919 \begin_inset Index idx
14922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14931 \begin_layout Standard
14932 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14933 space between two words.
14934 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14944 for units use the menu
14946 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14947 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14949 \begin_inset space ~
14957 arg "space-insert thin"
14963 \begin_layout Standard
14964 Here's an example to show the differences:
14967 \begin_layout Standard
14968 \begin_inset Tabular
14969 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14970 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14971 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14972 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14979 \begin_inset space ~
14983 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14995 space between number and unit
15002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15007 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15011 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15023 half space between number and unit
15036 \begin_layout Subsection
15038 \begin_inset Index idx
15041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15042 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15050 \begin_layout Standard
15051 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15053 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15054 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15055 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15056 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15057 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15058 These bits of text became known as
15069 \begin_layout Standard
15070 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15071 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15072 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15073 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15074 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15075 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15076 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15079 \begin_layout Standard
15080 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15081 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15082 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15083 \begin_inset space ~
15087 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15089 key "latexcompanion"
15094 \begin_inset space ~
15098 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15104 ] may have more information.
15105 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15108 \begin_layout Chapter
15109 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15110 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15112 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15119 \begin_layout Standard
15120 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15125 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15128 \begin_layout Section
15130 \begin_inset Index idx
15133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15140 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15149 \begin_layout Standard
15150 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15153 \begin_layout Description
15155 \begin_inset space ~
15158 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15159 \begin_inset Newline newline
15163 \begin_inset Note Note
15166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15167 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15175 \begin_layout Description
15176 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15177 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15179 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15180 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15181 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15184 \begin_inset Newline newline
15188 \begin_inset Note Comment
15191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15192 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15200 \begin_layout Description
15202 \begin_inset space ~
15205 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15206 \begin_inset Newline newline
15210 \begin_inset Newline newline
15214 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15223 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15224 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15225 How this can be done is explained in the
15234 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15240 \begin_inset Newline newline
15244 \begin_inset Newline newline
15247 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15248 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15251 \begin_layout Standard
15252 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15253 \begin_inset Graphics
15254 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15256 scaleBeforeRotation
15262 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15266 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15269 \begin_layout Section
15271 \begin_inset Index idx
15274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15281 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15283 name "sec:Footnotes"
15290 \begin_layout Standard
15291 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15294 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15297 or the toolbar button
15298 \begin_inset Graphics
15299 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15312 \begin_inset Graphics
15313 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15322 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15351 label, the box will
15355 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15356 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15369 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15385 \begin_layout Standard
15386 Here's an example footnote:
15394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15395 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15403 \begin_layout Standard
15404 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15405 position where the footnote box is placed.
15406 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15407 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15408 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15409 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15410 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15415 ey are described in the
15422 \begin_layout Section
15424 \begin_inset Index idx
15427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15436 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15443 \begin_layout Standard
15444 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15445 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15447 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15449 \begin_inset space ~
15454 or the toolbar button
15455 \begin_inset Graphics
15456 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15483 appearing within your text.
15484 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15493 \begin_layout Standard
15494 At the side is an example marginal note.
15498 \begin_inset Marginal
15501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15502 This is a marginal note.
15510 \begin_layout Standard
15511 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15512 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15513 pages, right on odd pages.
15516 \begin_layout Section
15517 Graphics and Images
15518 \begin_inset Index idx
15521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15528 \begin_inset Index idx
15531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15538 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15540 name "sec:Graphics"
15547 \begin_layout Standard
15548 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15549 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15550 \begin_inset Graphics
15551 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15557 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15561 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15564 \begin_layout Standard
15565 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15570 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15571 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15573 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15574 \begin_inset space ~
15578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15580 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15587 \begin_layout Standard
15592 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15593 of the image in the output.
15594 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15598 \begin_inset space ~
15602 \begin_inset space ~
15611 \begin_inset space ~
15615 \begin_inset space ~
15619 \begin_inset space ~
15624 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15625 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15633 \begin_layout Standard
15636 LaTeX and LyX options
15638 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15639 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15643 \begin_inset space ~
15648 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15649 with the image size is printed.
15653 \begin_inset space ~
15657 \begin_inset space ~
15661 \begin_inset space ~
15666 is explained in the
15677 \begin_layout Standard
15678 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15679 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15681 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15685 \begin_layout Standard
15687 \begin_inset Graphics
15688 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15690 rotateOrigin center
15697 \begin_layout Standard
15698 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15699 the image into a float, see section
15700 \begin_inset space ~
15704 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15706 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15713 \begin_layout Subsection
15715 \begin_inset Index idx
15718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15725 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15727 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15734 \begin_layout Standard
15735 You can insert images in any known file format.
15736 But as we explained in section
15737 \begin_inset space ~
15741 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15743 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15747 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15748 LyX uses therefore the program
15752 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15753 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15754 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15755 \begin_inset space ~
15759 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15761 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15768 \begin_layout Standard
15769 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15772 \begin_layout Description
15774 \begin_inset space ~
15777 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15778 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
15779 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15783 Graphics Interchange Format
15784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15787 (GIF, file extension
15788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15800 \begin_inset Index idx
15803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15835 Portable Network Graphics
15836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15839 (PNG, file extension
15840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15852 \begin_inset Index idx
15855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15887 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15891 (JPG, file extension
15892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15916 \begin_inset Index idx
15919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15950 \begin_layout Description
15952 \begin_inset space ~
15955 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15957 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15958 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15959 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15960 \begin_inset Newline newline
15963 Scalable image formats can be
15964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15967 Scalable Vector Graphics
15968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15971 (SVG, file extension
15972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15984 \begin_inset Index idx
15987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16019 Encapsulated PostScript
16020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16023 (EPS, file extension
16024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16036 \begin_inset Index idx
16039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16071 Portable Document Format
16072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16075 (PDF, file extension
16076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16088 \begin_inset Index idx
16091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16098 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16099 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16100 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16106 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16114 \begin_layout Standard
16115 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16119 \begin_layout Subsection
16120 Grouping of Image Settings
16121 \begin_inset Index idx
16124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16125 Images ! Settings grouping
16133 \begin_layout Standard
16134 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16136 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16137 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16139 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16140 need to manually change each of them.
16144 \begin_layout Standard
16145 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16148 \begin_inset space ~
16153 field in the Graphics dialog.
16154 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16155 by checking the name of the desired group.
16158 \begin_layout Section
16160 \begin_inset Index idx
16163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16170 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16179 \begin_layout Standard
16180 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16181 \begin_inset Graphics
16182 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16189 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16193 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16194 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16195 from the rest of the table.
16196 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16197 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16199 Here's an example table:
16202 \begin_layout Standard
16204 \begin_inset Tabular
16205 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16206 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16207 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16208 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16209 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16210 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16410 \begin_layout Subsection
16414 \begin_layout Standard
16415 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16416 brings up the table dialog.
16417 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16418 where the cursor is placed currently.
16419 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16420 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16421 done on all of your selection.
16424 \begin_layout Standard
16425 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16428 \begin_inset space ~
16433 helps you in setting table properties.
16434 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16437 \begin_layout Standard
16441 \begin_inset space ~
16446 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16447 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16448 current cell respectively.
16449 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16451 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16452 of text, see section
16453 \begin_inset space ~
16457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16459 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16466 \begin_layout Standard
16467 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16473 This will merge the cells to
16477 cell, spread over more than one column.
16478 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16479 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16480 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16481 in the last row without the upper border:
16484 \begin_layout Standard
16486 \begin_inset Tabular
16487 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16488 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16489 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16490 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16491 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16492 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16503 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16512 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16588 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16623 \begin_layout Standard
16624 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16625 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16626 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16627 explained in the tables section of the
16630 \begin_inset space ~
16636 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16637 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16640 degrees counterclockwise.
16641 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16644 \begin_layout Standard
16645 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16653 Most DVI-viewers are
16657 able to display rotations.
16665 \begin_layout Standard
16670 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16675 adds lines for all cell borders.
16678 \begin_layout Subsection
16680 \begin_inset Index idx
16683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16684 Tables ! Longtables
16690 \begin_inset Index idx
16693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16702 \begin_layout Standard
16703 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16706 \begin_inset space ~
16710 \begin_inset space ~
16719 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16720 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16723 \begin_layout Description
16728 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16729 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16730 except for the first page, if
16733 \begin_inset space ~
16741 \begin_layout Description
16745 \begin_inset space ~
16750 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16751 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16754 \begin_layout Description
16759 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16760 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16761 except for the last page, if
16764 \begin_inset space ~
16772 \begin_layout Description
16776 \begin_inset space ~
16781 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16782 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16785 \begin_layout Description
16786 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16787 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16789 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16793 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16796 \begin_inset space ~
16804 \begin_layout Standard
16805 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16806 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16807 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16808 The others will then be defined as
16813 In this context, first means first in this order:
16816 \begin_inset space ~
16828 \begin_inset space ~
16834 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16837 \begin_layout Standard
16839 \begin_inset Tabular
16840 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16841 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
16842 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16843 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16844 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16845 <row endfirsthead="true">
16846 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16852 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16857 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16866 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16876 <row endfirsthead="true">
16877 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16888 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16897 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16909 <row endhead="true">
16910 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16921 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16930 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16940 <row endhead="true">
16941 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16952 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16961 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16973 <row endfoot="true">
16974 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16985 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16994 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17025 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17966 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17975 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17984 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17995 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18026 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18057 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18088 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18119 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18150 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18181 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18212 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18243 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18274 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18305 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18336 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18367 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18398 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18429 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18460 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18491 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18522 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18553 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18584 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18615 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18646 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18677 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18708 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18739 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18770 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18801 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18832 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18863 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18894 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18925 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18955 <row endlastfoot="true">
18956 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18967 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18976 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18993 \begin_layout Subsection
18995 \begin_inset Index idx
18998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19005 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19007 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19014 \begin_layout Standard
19015 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19016 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19017 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19018 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19022 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19023 for the cell's paragraph.
19026 \begin_layout Standard
19027 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19028 for the column in the table dialog.
19029 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19030 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19034 \begin_layout Standard
19036 \begin_inset Tabular
19037 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19038 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19039 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19040 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19041 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19061 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19130 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19186 This is longer now.
19191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19242 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19243 This is longer now.
19248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19274 \begin_layout Standard
19275 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19276 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19281 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19282 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19288 Selection with the mouse or with
19292 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19293 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19294 the selection from outside the table.
19297 \begin_layout Section
19299 \begin_inset Index idx
19302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19309 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19318 \begin_layout Standard
19319 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19320 have a fixed location.
19322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19329 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19337 \begin_inset space ~
19342 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19343 too many notes on the page.
19346 \begin_layout Standard
19347 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19348 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19349 and pages without text.
19350 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19351 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19352 Floats are therefore numbered.
19353 Referencing is described in section
19354 \begin_inset space ~
19358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19360 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19367 \begin_layout Standard
19368 To insert a float, use the menu
19370 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19374 A box with a caption that has e.
19375 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19379 \begin_inset space \space{}
19383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19387 \begin_inset space ~
19391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19394 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19395 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19397 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19398 \begin_inset Index idx
19401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19407 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19408 paragraph within the float.
19409 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19410 by left-clicking on the box label.
19411 A closed float box looks like this:
19412 \begin_inset Graphics
19413 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19418 – a gray button with a red label.
19421 \begin_layout Standard
19422 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19423 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19426 \begin_layout Subsection
19430 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19432 \begin_inset Index idx
19435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19436 Floats ! Figure floats
19442 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19444 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19451 \begin_layout Standard
19454 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19455 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19458 inserts a float with the label
19459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19465 \begin_inset space ~
19471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19475 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19476 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19477 This is what we did for Figure
19478 \begin_inset space ~
19482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19484 reference "cap:Platypus"
19489 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19490 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19491 This was done in Figure
19492 \begin_inset space ~
19496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19498 reference "cap:Escher"
19505 \begin_layout Standard
19506 \begin_inset Float figure
19511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19513 \begin_inset Graphics
19514 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19516 rotateOrigin center
19523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19524 \begin_inset Caption
19526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19529 name "cap:Platypus"
19533 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19546 \begin_layout Standard
19547 \begin_inset Float figure
19552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19553 \begin_inset Caption
19555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19556 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19573 \begin_inset Graphics
19574 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19576 rotateOrigin center
19588 \begin_layout Standard
19589 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19591 As described in section
19592 \begin_inset space ~
19596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19598 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19602 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19604 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19607 and refer to it using the menu
19609 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19613 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19622 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19634 \begin_layout Standard
19635 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19636 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19637 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19638 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19640 \begin_inset space ~
19644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19646 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19650 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19651 You can also set the images one below the other.
19653 \begin_inset space ~
19657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19659 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19666 reference "fig:Platypus"
19670 are the subfigures.
19673 \begin_layout Standard
19674 \begin_inset Float figure
19679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19680 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19684 \begin_inset Float figure
19689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19690 \begin_inset Caption
19692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19693 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19695 name "fig:Undefinable"
19707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19708 \begin_inset Graphics
19709 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19720 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19724 \begin_inset Float figure
19729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19730 \begin_inset Caption
19732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19733 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19735 name "fig:Platypus"
19747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19748 \begin_inset Graphics
19749 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19761 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19768 \begin_inset Caption
19770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19771 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19773 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19777 Two distorted images.
19790 \begin_layout Standard
19791 Note that the caption is added to the
19794 \begin_inset space ~
19798 \begin_inset space ~
19803 as described in section
19804 \begin_inset space ~
19808 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19810 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19817 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19819 \begin_inset Index idx
19822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19823 Floats ! Table floats
19831 \begin_layout Standard
19832 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19834 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19835 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19839 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19842 \begin_inset space ~
19846 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19848 reference "cap:Table-float"
19852 is an example of a table float.
19855 \begin_layout Standard
19856 \begin_inset Float table
19861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19862 \begin_inset Caption
19864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19865 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19867 name "cap:Table-float"
19879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19881 \begin_inset Tabular
19882 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19883 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19884 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19885 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19886 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20013 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20034 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20037 \end{array}\right]$
20045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20058 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20079 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20081 \begin_inset Index idx
20084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20085 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20093 \begin_layout Standard
20094 This float type is inserted with the menu
20096 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20097 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20101 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20102 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20106 , described in section
20107 \begin_inset space ~
20111 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20113 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20120 \begin_layout Standard
20121 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20129 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20135 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20138 \begin_layout Standard
20143 floatname{algorithm}{your
20144 \begin_inset space ~
20150 \begin_layout Standard
20151 to the document preamble (menu
20153 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20160 \begin_inset space ~
20166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20180 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20182 \begin_inset Index idx
20185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20186 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20194 \begin_layout Standard
20195 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20203 \begin_inset Graphics
20204 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20206 rotateOrigin center
20213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20214 \begin_inset Caption
20216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20217 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20219 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20223 This is a wrapped figure.
20224 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20237 This float type is used if you want to
20238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20245 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20247 It can be inserted using the menu
20249 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20250 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20252 \begin_inset space ~
20257 if the LaTeX-package
20262 \begin_inset Index idx
20265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20266 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20276 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20279 \begin_inset space ~
20289 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20292 \begin_inset space ~
20296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20298 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20302 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20303 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20311 Available units are explained in Appendix
20312 \begin_inset space ~
20316 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20318 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20327 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20331 \begin_layout Standard
20332 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20340 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20341 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20345 \begin_inset space \space{}
20348 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20349 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20358 \begin_layout Itemize
20359 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20360 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20361 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20362 page breaks will appear.
20365 \begin_layout Itemize
20366 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20367 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20370 \begin_layout Itemize
20371 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20372 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20375 \begin_layout Itemize
20376 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20379 \begin_layout Subsection
20381 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20383 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20388 \begin_inset Index idx
20391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20400 \begin_layout Standard
20401 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20402 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20406 \begin_inset space ~
20414 \begin_layout Standard
20415 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20416 have a multicolumn document).
20417 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20420 \begin_inset space ~
20426 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20427 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20434 \begin_layout Standard
20435 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20436 format is also the same: Table
20437 \begin_inset space ~
20441 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20443 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20447 is an example of a rotated table float.
20450 \begin_layout Standard
20451 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20459 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20467 \begin_layout Standard
20468 \begin_inset Float table
20473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20474 \begin_inset Caption
20476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20477 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20479 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20493 \begin_inset Tabular
20494 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20495 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20496 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20497 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20498 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20499 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20500 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20560 \begin_layout Subsection
20562 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20564 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20569 \begin_inset Index idx
20572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20581 \begin_layout Standard
20582 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20583 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20584 \begin_inset Newline newline
20590 \begin_inset space ~
20595 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20596 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20597 \begin_inset Newline newline
20603 \begin_inset space ~
20608 is used to rotate floats, see section
20609 \begin_inset space ~
20613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20615 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20622 \begin_layout Standard
20623 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20624 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20627 \begin_inset space ~
20631 \begin_inset space ~
20639 \begin_layout Description
20641 \begin_inset space ~
20645 \begin_inset space ~
20648 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20651 \begin_layout Description
20653 \begin_inset space ~
20657 \begin_inset space ~
20660 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20663 \begin_layout Description
20665 \begin_inset space ~
20669 \begin_inset space ~
20672 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20675 \begin_layout Description
20677 \begin_inset space ~
20681 \begin_inset space ~
20684 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20687 \begin_layout Standard
20688 The order of the above option is
20693 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20697 \begin_inset space ~
20701 \begin_inset space ~
20709 \begin_inset space ~
20713 \begin_inset space ~
20718 , and then the others.
20719 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20721 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20722 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20725 \begin_layout Standard
20726 By default, each option has its own rules:
20729 \begin_layout Standard
20733 \begin_inset space ~
20737 \begin_inset space ~
20742 only floats occupying less than 70
20743 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20746 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20749 \begin_layout Standard
20753 \begin_inset space ~
20757 \begin_inset space ~
20762 : only floats occupying less than 30
20763 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20766 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20769 \begin_layout Standard
20773 \begin_inset space ~
20777 \begin_inset space ~
20782 : only if more than 50
20783 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20786 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20790 \begin_layout Standard
20791 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20795 \begin_inset space ~
20799 \begin_inset space ~
20807 \begin_layout Standard
20808 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20809 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20810 For this case you can use the option
20813 \begin_inset space ~
20819 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20821 Because the float is then no longer able to
20822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20829 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20832 \begin_layout Standard
20833 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20834 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20837 \begin_layout Standard
20838 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20840 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20842 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20849 \begin_layout Section
20851 \begin_inset Index idx
20854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20861 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20863 name "sec:Minipages"
20870 \begin_layout Standard
20871 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20873 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20874 \begin_inset space ~
20881 \begin_layout Standard
20882 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20884 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20888 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20889 and its alignment within the page.
20892 \begin_layout Standard
20894 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20904 height_special "totalheight"
20907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20910 This is a minipage.
20911 The text is set in an italic style.
20914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20917 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20918 another formatting.
20926 \begin_layout Standard
20927 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20930 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20934 as described in section
20935 \begin_inset space ~
20939 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20941 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20946 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20952 \begin_layout Standard
20953 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20963 height_special "totalheight"
20966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20967 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20968 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20974 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20978 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20988 height_special "totalheight"
20991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20992 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20993 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21001 \begin_layout Standard
21002 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21008 \begin_layout Standard
21009 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21010 to other box types.
21011 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21022 \begin_layout Chapter
21023 Mathematical Formulas
21024 \begin_inset Index idx
21027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21034 \begin_inset Index idx
21037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21066 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21068 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21075 \begin_layout Standard
21076 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21081 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21084 \begin_layout Section
21086 \begin_inset Index idx
21089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21098 \begin_layout Standard
21099 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21100 \begin_inset Graphics
21101 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21106 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21108 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21109 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21110 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21112 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21118 \begin_layout Standard
21119 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21123 \begin_inset space ~
21128 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21131 \begin_layout Standard
21132 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21133 line, like this one:
21136 \begin_layout Standard
21137 This is a line with an inline formula
21138 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21144 \begin_layout Standard
21145 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
21146 paragraph, like this one:
21147 \begin_inset Formula \[
21152 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21155 \begin_layout Standard
21156 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21158 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21162 \begin_inset space \space{}
21166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21179 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21180 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21184 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21187 \begin_inset space ~
21195 \begin_layout Subsection
21196 Navigating in Formulas
21197 \begin_inset Index idx
21200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21209 \begin_layout Standard
21210 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21211 achieved with the arrow keys.
21212 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21213 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21218 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21219 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21223 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21227 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21230 \end{array}\right]$
21238 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21243 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21244 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21247 \begin_layout Standard
21252 , printed in this document as
21253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21274 \begin_inset Note Note
21277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21278 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21279 space character (visible space).
21284 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21285 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21286 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21291 For example, if you want
21292 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21346 , since in the latter case only the
21349 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21354 will be under the square root sign:
21355 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21361 \begin_layout Standard
21362 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21364 \begin_inset Formula \[
21365 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21369 \end{array}\right)\]
21373 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21374 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21377 \begin_layout Subsection
21381 \begin_layout Standard
21382 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21383 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21387 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21388 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21389 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21390 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21391 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21394 \begin_layout Subsection
21395 Exponents and Subscripts
21396 \begin_inset Index idx
21399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21406 \begin_inset Index idx
21409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21418 \begin_layout Standard
21419 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21420 way is to use a command.
21422 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21425 , type in a formula
21431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21447 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21453 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21457 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21478 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21487 , you have to use an extra
21491 to separate the hat and the character.
21493 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21497 \begin_inset space \space{}
21501 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21522 Subscripts are similar: To get
21523 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21546 \begin_layout Subsection
21548 \begin_inset Index idx
21551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21560 \begin_layout Standard
21561 Create a fraction with either the command
21568 \begin_inset Graphics
21569 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21577 \begin_inset space ~
21583 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21584 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21585 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21590 To move back up, press
21595 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21596 \begin_inset Formula \[
21597 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21600 \end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21607 \begin_layout Subsection
21609 \begin_inset Index idx
21612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21621 \begin_layout Standard
21622 Roots can be created using the
21625 \begin_inset space ~
21631 \begin_inset Graphics
21632 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21655 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21661 produces always a square root.
21664 \begin_layout Subsection
21665 Operators with Limits
21666 \begin_inset Index idx
21669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21676 \begin_inset Index idx
21679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21686 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21688 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21695 \begin_layout Standard
21697 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21701 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21704 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21705 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21706 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21707 The sum operator will automatically place its
21708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21715 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21718 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21722 \begin_inset Formula \[
21723 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21727 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21731 \begin_layout Standard
21732 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21734 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21735 behind the operator and hitting
21743 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21744 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21746 \begin_inset space ~
21750 \begin_inset space ~
21758 \begin_layout Standard
21759 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21767 feature as addition, such as
21768 \begin_inset Index idx
21771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21778 \begin_inset Formula \[
21779 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21783 which will place the
21784 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21796 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21797 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21803 \begin_layout Standard
21804 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21811 Have a look at section
21812 \begin_inset space ~
21816 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21818 reference "sub:Functions"
21822 for an explanation of function macros.
21825 \begin_layout Subsection
21827 \begin_inset Index idx
21830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21839 \begin_layout Standard
21840 Most math symbols can be found in the
21843 \begin_inset space ~
21848 under one of several categories; including
21865 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21869 \begin_layout Standard
21870 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21871 you don't have to use the
21874 \begin_inset space ~
21879 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21880 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21883 \begin_layout Subsection
21885 \begin_inset Index idx
21888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21897 \begin_layout Standard
21898 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21903 arg "space-insert protected"
21909 \begin_inset space ~
21915 \begin_inset Graphics
21916 filename ../images/math/space.png
21921 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21922 For example, the sequence
21927 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21931 \begin_inset Graphics
21932 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21937 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21938 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21939 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21940 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21942 Here are two examples:
21945 \begin_layout Standard
21955 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21961 \begin_layout Standard
21971 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21977 \begin_layout Subsection
21979 \begin_inset Index idx
21982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21989 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21991 name "sub:Functions"
21998 \begin_layout Standard
22002 \begin_inset space ~
22007 contains under the button
22008 \begin_inset Graphics
22009 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22013 a number of function macros, such as
22014 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22018 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22026 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22033 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
22034 avoid confusions, because
22035 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22039 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22045 \begin_layout Standard
22046 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22048 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22052 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22058 \begin_layout Standard
22059 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22060 s are placed, as described in section
22061 \begin_inset space ~
22065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22067 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22074 \begin_layout Subsection
22076 \begin_inset Index idx
22079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22088 \begin_layout Standard
22089 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22091 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22092 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22093 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22097 \begin_inset space \space{}
22101 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22104 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22105 Our example is entered by typing
22113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22126 \begin_inset space ~
22130 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22132 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22136 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22139 \begin_layout Standard
22140 \begin_inset Float table
22145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22146 \begin_inset Caption
22148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22149 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22151 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22155 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22165 \begin_inset Tabular
22166 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22167 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22168 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22169 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22170 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22254 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22308 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22362 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22416 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22470 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22524 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22578 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22632 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22686 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22731 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22752 \begin_layout Standard
22753 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22756 \begin_inset space ~
22762 \begin_inset Graphics
22763 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22767 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22771 \begin_layout Section
22772 Brackets and Delimiters
22773 \begin_inset Index idx
22776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22783 \begin_inset Index idx
22786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22793 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22795 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22802 \begin_layout Standard
22803 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22804 For most purposes, using just the keys
22809 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22810 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22811 toolbar delimiter icon
22812 \begin_inset Graphics
22813 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22818 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22820 \begin_inset Formula \[
22821 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22824 \end{array}\right]\]
22828 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22829 \begin_inset Formula \[
22830 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22837 \begin_layout Standard
22838 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22839 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22842 \begin_layout Standard
22843 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22844 left side and right side.
22845 If you use the option
22848 \begin_inset space ~
22853 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22854 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22855 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22856 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22859 \begin_layout Standard
22860 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22861 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22862 inside the brackets.
22863 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22868 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22871 \begin_layout Section
22872 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22873 \begin_inset Index idx
22876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22883 \begin_inset Index idx
22886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22893 \begin_inset Index idx
22896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22897 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22905 \begin_layout Standard
22906 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22909 \begin_inset space ~
22915 \begin_inset Graphics
22916 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22921 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22922 Here is an example:
22923 \begin_inset Formula \[
22924 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22928 \end{array}\right)\]
22932 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22933 \begin_inset space ~
22937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22939 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22944 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22945 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22946 This alignment is set in the box
22951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22999 for every column as default.
23000 For example, the sequence
23001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23012 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23013 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23014 corresponds to the relevant column.
23015 The result will look like this:
23016 \begin_inset Formula \[
23018 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23019 column & has & has\, right\\
23020 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23028 \begin_layout Standard
23029 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23032 arg "newline-insert newline"
23035 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23036 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23038 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23041 or the math toolbar.
23044 \begin_layout Standard
23045 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23046 It can be created with the menu
23048 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23049 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23051 \begin_inset space ~
23063 Here is an example:
23064 \begin_inset Formula \[
23076 \begin_layout Standard
23077 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23080 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23083 arg "newline-insert newline"
23087 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23092 arg "newline-insert newline"
23095 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23096 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23103 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23104 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23105 A new row is created by every further hit of
23108 arg "newline-insert newline"
23112 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23113 Here is an example:
23114 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23115 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23116 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23121 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23122 where you want to start the shift and hit
23127 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23128 position to the next column.
23129 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23130 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23131 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23132 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23139 \begin_layout Standard
23140 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23147 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23148 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23149 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23151 reference "eq:asquared"
23156 The other types are described in section
23157 \begin_inset space ~
23161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23163 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23170 \begin_layout Section
23171 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23172 \begin_inset Index idx
23175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23176 Math ! Formula numbering
23182 \begin_inset Index idx
23185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23186 Math ! Referencing formulas
23192 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23194 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23201 \begin_layout Standard
23202 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23204 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23205 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23207 \begin_inset space ~
23215 arg "math-number-toggle"
23219 The formula number appears in LyX as
23220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23227 within parentheses.
23229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23236 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23238 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23239 the document class.
23240 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23241 separated by a dot:
23242 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23243 1+1=2\end{equation}
23250 arg "math-number-toggle"
23253 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23254 You can only number displayed formulas.
23257 \begin_layout Standard
23258 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23260 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23261 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23263 \begin_inset space ~
23267 \begin_inset space ~
23271 \begin_inset space ~
23279 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23282 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23283 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23285 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23291 To number all lines use the shortcut
23294 arg "math-number-toggle"
23300 \begin_layout Standard
23301 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23304 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23305 A label is inserted with the menu
23307 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23310 when the cursor is in the formula.
23311 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23312 It is recommended to use the proposed
23313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23324 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23325 type when you have many labels in your document.
23326 We inserted in the following example the label
23327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23334 in the second line:
23335 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23336 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23337 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23342 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23343 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23353 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23355 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23357 \begin_inset space ~
23363 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23364 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23365 as the formula number:
23368 \begin_layout Standard
23369 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23370 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23372 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23379 \begin_layout Standard
23380 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23381 \begin_inset space ~
23385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23387 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23392 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23395 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23398 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23403 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23411 \begin_layout Section
23412 User defined math macros
23413 \begin_inset Index idx
23416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23425 \begin_layout Standard
23426 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23427 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23428 Math macros are explained in section
23431 \begin_inset space ~
23443 \begin_layout Section
23447 \begin_layout Subsection
23449 \begin_inset Index idx
23452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23461 \begin_layout Standard
23462 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23463 To set a font in a formula, use the
23466 \begin_inset space ~
23472 \begin_inset Graphics
23473 filename ../images/math/font.png
23477 , or enter its command, listed in table
23478 \begin_inset space ~
23482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23484 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23491 \begin_layout Standard
23492 \begin_inset Float table
23497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23498 \begin_inset Caption
23500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23501 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23503 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23507 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23517 \begin_inset Tabular
23518 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23519 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23520 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23521 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23553 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23580 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23607 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23640 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23667 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23694 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23728 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23755 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23789 \begin_layout Standard
23790 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23798 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23814 \begin_layout Standard
23815 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23816 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23821 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23822 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23823 Here an example where
23824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23835 denotes the set of numbers:
23836 \begin_inset Formula \[
23837 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23844 \begin_layout Standard
23845 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23847 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23851 \begin_inset space \space{}
23863 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23867 \begin_inset Newline newline
23870 So it is better not to use this feature.
23873 \begin_layout Standard
23874 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23875 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23879 \begin_inset Newline newline
23882 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23888 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23889 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23895 \begin_layout Standard
23902 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23905 \begin_layout Standard
23906 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23908 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23909 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23911 \begin_inset space ~
23919 \begin_layout Subsection
23921 \begin_inset Index idx
23924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23933 \begin_layout Standard
23934 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23936 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23940 \begin_inset space ~
23944 \begin_inset space ~
23952 \begin_inset space ~
23958 \begin_inset Graphics
23959 filename ../images/math/font.png
23970 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23971 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23972 Here is an example:
23973 \begin_inset Formula \[
23975 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23976 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
23984 \begin_layout Subsection
23986 \begin_inset Index idx
23989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23998 \begin_layout Standard
23999 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24000 automatically chosen in most situations.
24018 For most characters,
24026 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24027 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24032 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24033 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24035 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24036 \begin_inset Graphics
24037 filename ../images/math/style.png
24042 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24043 For example, you can set
24044 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24047 , which is normally in
24056 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24060 The four styles are used in the following example:
24063 \begin_layout Standard
24064 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24068 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24072 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24076 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24082 \begin_layout Standard
24083 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24084 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24086 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24088 \begin_inset space ~
24093 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24094 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24095 will be adjusted to correspond.
24096 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24107 \begin_layout Standard
24111 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24117 \begin_layout Section
24121 \begin_layout Standard
24122 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24123 the document classes and into layout modules.
24124 \begin_inset Index idx
24127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24133 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24134 other than the AMS classes.
24136 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24138 reference "sub:Modules"
24142 for more on layout modules.
24145 \begin_layout Section
24147 \begin_inset Index idx
24150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24157 \begin_inset Index idx
24160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24169 \begin_layout Standard
24170 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24171 (AMS) that are in common use.
24174 \begin_layout Subsection
24175 Enabling AMS-Support
24178 \begin_layout Standard
24179 Selecting the checkbox
24182 \begin_inset space ~
24186 \begin_inset space ~
24190 \begin_inset space ~
24197 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24201 \begin_inset Index idx
24204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24205 Document ! Settings
24213 \begin_inset space ~
24218 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24220 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24221 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24224 \begin_layout Subsection
24226 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24228 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24233 \begin_inset Index idx
24236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24237 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24245 \begin_layout Standard
24246 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24247 LyX allows you to choose between
24268 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24271 \begin_layout Chapter
24275 \begin_layout Section
24277 \begin_inset Index idx
24280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24287 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24289 name "sec:Cross-References"
24296 \begin_layout Standard
24297 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24298 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24300 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24301 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24302 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24305 \begin_layout Enumerate
24309 \begin_layout Enumerate
24310 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24312 name "enu:Second-item"
24319 \begin_layout Enumerate
24323 \begin_layout Standard
24324 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24326 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24329 or by pressing the toolbar button
24330 \begin_inset Graphics
24331 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24337 A grey label box like this:
24338 \begin_inset Graphics
24339 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24344 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24345 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24380 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24381 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24385 \begin_inset space \space{}
24388 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24403 \begin_layout Standard
24404 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24406 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24409 or the toolbar button
24410 \begin_inset Graphics
24411 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24417 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24418 \begin_inset Graphics
24419 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24424 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24426 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24439 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24443 \begin_layout Standard
24446 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24449 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24454 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24455 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24457 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24463 \begin_layout Standard
24464 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24465 \begin_inset space ~
24469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24471 reference "enu:Second-item"
24478 \begin_layout Standard
24479 It is recommended to use a protected space
24483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24484 described in section
24485 \begin_inset space ~
24489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24491 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24500 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24504 \begin_layout Standard
24505 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24508 \begin_layout Description
24509 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24512 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24519 \begin_layout Description
24520 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24521 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24531 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24533 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24540 \begin_layout Description
24541 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24542 \begin_inset space ~
24546 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24547 LatexCommand pageref
24548 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24555 \begin_layout Description
24557 \begin_inset space ~
24561 \begin_inset space ~
24564 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24566 LatexCommand vpageref
24567 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24574 \begin_layout Description
24576 \begin_inset space ~
24580 \begin_inset space ~
24584 \begin_inset space ~
24587 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24591 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24598 \begin_layout Description
24600 \begin_inset space ~
24603 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24604 \begin_inset Newline newline
24608 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24616 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24621 \begin_inset Index idx
24624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24625 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24638 \begin_layout Standard
24643 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
24646 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24650 \begin_inset space \space{}
24654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24668 <reference> on page <page>
24670 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
24673 \begin_layout Standard
24674 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24675 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24676 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24680 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24684 \begin_layout Standard
24685 You can only use the style
24689 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24693 is always possible.
24696 \begin_layout Standard
24697 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
24698 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
24700 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24701 \begin_inset space ~
24705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24707 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24714 \begin_layout Standard
24715 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
24719 \begin_inset space ~
24723 \begin_inset space ~
24728 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
24729 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
24732 \begin_inset space ~
24737 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24738 You can also go back with the toolbar button
24739 \begin_inset Graphics
24740 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24741 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24742 rotateOrigin center
24749 \begin_layout Standard
24750 You can change labels at any time.
24751 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
24752 do not need to take care about this.
24755 \begin_layout Standard
24756 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
24757 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24760 \begin_layout Standard
24761 References are described in detail in the
24768 \begin_layout Section
24769 Table of Contents and other Listings
24770 \begin_inset Index idx
24773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24780 \begin_inset Index idx
24783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24790 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24799 \begin_layout Subsection
24801 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24803 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24810 \begin_layout Standard
24811 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24813 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24814 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24816 \begin_inset space ~
24820 \begin_inset space ~
24826 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24827 If you click on it, the
24831 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24832 sections in your documents.
24833 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24835 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24838 that is described in sec.
24839 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24845 reference "sec:Navigating"
24852 \begin_layout Standard
24853 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24854 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24856 \begin_inset space ~
24860 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24862 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24866 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24868 \begin_inset space ~
24872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24874 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24878 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24880 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24883 \begin_layout Subsection
24884 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24885 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24887 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24894 \begin_layout Standard
24895 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24896 You can insert them via the
24898 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24900 \begin_inset space ~
24904 \begin_inset space ~
24910 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24913 \begin_layout Section
24914 URLs and Hyperlinks
24915 \begin_inset Index idx
24918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24925 \begin_inset Index idx
24928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24937 \begin_layout Subsection
24939 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24948 \begin_layout Standard
24949 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24951 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24957 \begin_layout Standard
24958 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24959 \begin_inset Flex URL
24962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24972 \begin_layout Standard
24973 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24979 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24983 \begin_layout Standard
24984 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24992 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25000 \begin_layout Subsection
25002 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25004 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25011 \begin_layout Standard
25012 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25014 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25017 or with the toolbar button
25018 \begin_inset Graphics
25019 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25020 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25025 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25034 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25035 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25036 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25038 name "LyX's homepage"
25039 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25043 , an Email address like this:
25044 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25046 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25047 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25052 , or a link to a file.
25055 \begin_layout Standard
25056 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25069 to the link target.
25072 \begin_layout Standard
25073 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25074 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25075 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25076 the text style dialog.
25077 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25081 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25083 name "LyX's homepage"
25084 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25091 \begin_layout Standard
25092 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25096 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25098 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25099 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25103 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25105 \begin_inset Newline newline
25113 \begin_inset Newline newline
25120 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25123 \begin_layout Section
25125 \begin_inset Index idx
25128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25135 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25137 name "sec:Appendices"
25144 \begin_layout Standard
25145 Appendices are created with the menu
25147 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25149 \begin_inset space ~
25153 \begin_inset space ~
25159 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25160 as the appendix region.
25161 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25164 \begin_layout Standard
25165 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25166 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25167 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25168 and the subsection number.
25169 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25173 \begin_layout Standard
25175 \begin_inset space ~
25179 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25181 reference "cha:Credits"
25186 \begin_inset space ~
25190 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25192 reference "sub:Export"
25199 \begin_layout Section
25201 \begin_inset Index idx
25204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25211 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25213 name "sec:Bibliography"
25220 \begin_layout Standard
25221 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25222 You can include a bibliography database,
25226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25227 Known under the name
25228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25240 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25241 manually, using the paragraph environment
25245 , which was described in section
25246 \begin_inset space ~
25250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25252 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25257 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25258 document, like author-year citations, then you must
25262 use a bibliography database.
25265 \begin_layout Subsection
25266 The Bibliography Environment
25269 \begin_layout Standard
25274 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25276 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25285 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25287 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25296 , a short form of its title, as key.
25299 \begin_layout Standard
25300 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25302 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25305 or the toolbar button
25306 \begin_inset Graphics
25307 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25308 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25313 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25314 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25315 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25316 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25320 \begin_layout Standard
25321 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25322 entry with surrounding brackets.
25327 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25328 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25340 \begin_layout Standard
25343 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25346 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25348 key "latexcompanion"
25355 \begin_layout Standard
25356 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25357 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25366 \begin_layout Subsection
25367 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25368 \begin_inset Index idx
25371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25372 Bibliography ! Databases
25378 \begin_inset Index idx
25381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25382 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25388 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25390 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25397 \begin_layout Standard
25398 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25404 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25406 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25407 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25412 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25414 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25415 your working field in a database.
25416 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25417 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25419 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25423 \begin_layout Standard
25424 The database is a text file with the file extension
25425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25436 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25437 The format is explained in
25438 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25444 and in LaTeX books (
25445 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25447 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25452 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25453 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25454 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25455 \begin_inset Flex URL
25458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25460 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25468 \begin_layout Standard
25469 To use a database, use the menu
25471 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25476 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25489 \begin_inset space ~
25495 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25496 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25499 Add bibliography to TOC
25501 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25506 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25509 \begin_layout Standard
25510 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25522 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25523 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25524 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25526 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25532 For information how this is done, have a look at
25533 \begin_inset Newline newline
25537 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25539 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25551 \begin_layout Standard
25552 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25555 \begin_layout Standard
25556 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25557 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25560 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25588 \begin_inset space ~
25594 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25600 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25609 \begin_layout Standard
25610 When you select the option
25612 Sectioned bibliography
25616 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25619 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25620 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25622 Customizing Bibliographies
25630 Additional Features
25635 \begin_layout Standard
25636 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25637 the two methods of creating them.
25638 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25639 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25640 We used the style file
25644 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25647 \begin_layout Subsection
25648 Bibliography layout
25649 \begin_inset Index idx
25652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25653 Bibliography ! Layout
25661 \begin_layout Standard
25662 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25663 For this feature you need to enable the option
25669 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25673 \begin_inset Index idx
25676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25677 Document ! Settings
25687 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25688 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25689 in the previous section.
25692 \begin_layout Standard
25693 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25694 in the citation reference window.
25695 Here an example where we set the text
25696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25700 \begin_inset space ~
25704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25707 to appear after the reference:
25710 \begin_layout Standard
25712 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25715 key "latexcompanion"
25722 \begin_layout Section
25724 \begin_inset Index idx
25727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25734 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25743 \begin_layout Standard
25744 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25746 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25748 \begin_inset space ~
25753 or the toolbar button
25754 \begin_inset Graphics
25755 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25756 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25773 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25774 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25775 by LyX as the index entry.
25778 \begin_layout Standard
25779 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25780 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25782 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25784 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25791 \begin_layout Standard
25792 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25794 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25796 \begin_inset space ~
25800 \begin_inset space ~
25803 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25805 \begin_inset space ~
25811 A light blue box labeled
25812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25823 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25824 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25827 \begin_layout Subsection
25828 Grouping Index Entries
25829 \begin_inset Index idx
25832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25841 \begin_layout Standard
25842 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25844 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25845 lists under the entry
25846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25854 First we create the entry
25855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25863 \begin_inset space ~
25867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25869 reference "sub:Lists"
25874 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25875 \begin_inset space ~
25879 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25881 reference "sec:Itemize"
25885 , we insert the command
25888 \begin_layout Standard
25894 \begin_layout Standard
25898 \begin_layout Standard
25904 \begin_layout Standard
25905 for the enumerated list in section
25906 \begin_inset space ~
25910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25912 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25919 \begin_layout Standard
25920 The exclamation mark
25921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25928 marks the grouping levels.
25929 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25930 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25931 If we don't have an index entry for
25932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25939 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25942 \begin_layout Subsection
25944 \begin_inset Index idx
25947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25948 Index ! Page ranges
25956 \begin_layout Standard
25957 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25959 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25960 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25962 \begin_inset space ~
25966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25968 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25975 \begin_layout Standard
25978 Paragraph environments|(
25981 \begin_layout Standard
25982 and another entry at the end of section
25983 \begin_inset space ~
25987 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25989 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25996 \begin_layout Standard
25999 Paragraph environments|)
26002 \begin_layout Standard
26004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26027 respectively start and end the index range.
26028 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26029 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26030 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26031 An example is the index entry
26032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26035 Document ! Settings
26036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26042 \begin_layout Subsection
26044 \begin_inset Index idx
26047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26048 Index ! Cross referencing
26056 \begin_layout Standard
26057 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26058 We referred for example in the index entry
26059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26067 \begin_inset space ~
26071 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26073 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26077 ) to the index entry
26078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26085 in the same section using the entry
26088 \begin_layout Standard
26091 GIF|see{Image formats}
26094 \begin_layout Standard
26095 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26096 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26097 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26100 \begin_layout Subsection
26102 \begin_inset Index idx
26105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26106 Index ! Entry order
26114 \begin_layout Standard
26115 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26116 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26117 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26122 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26124 \begin_inset space ~
26128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26130 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26139 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26140 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26165 \begin_inset Index idx
26168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26169 Dummy entries ! maïs
26175 \begin_inset Index idx
26178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26179 Dummy entries ! maître
26185 \begin_inset Index idx
26188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26189 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26194 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26195 order maïs, maison, maître.
26196 To achieve this, we use the command
26199 \begin_layout Standard
26202 previous entry@current entry
26205 \begin_layout Standard
26206 In our case we want to have
26207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26222 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26225 \begin_layout Standard
26231 \begin_layout Standard
26232 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26233 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26237 \begin_layout Standard
26238 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26244 \begin_layout Standard
26245 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26250 to generate the index (see sec.
26251 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26257 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26266 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26268 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26274 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26278 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26279 index commands start with
26280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26292 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26297 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26300 \begin_layout Standard
26312 \begin_layout Standard
26324 \begin_layout Subsection
26326 \begin_inset Index idx
26329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26330 Index ! Entry layout
26338 \begin_layout Standard
26339 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26340 \begin_inset Index idx
26343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26346 This is an italic dummy entry
26351 You can also format the page number using the character
26352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26359 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26360 We can write for example
26363 \begin_layout Standard
26366 italic page number:|textit
26369 \begin_layout Standard
26370 to get the page number in italic.
26371 \begin_inset Index idx
26374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26375 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26380 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26398 \begin_inset space ~
26404 Have a look at section
26405 \begin_inset space ~
26409 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26411 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26415 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26418 \begin_layout Standard
26419 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26427 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26431 to generate the index, see sec.
26432 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26438 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26447 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26448 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26450 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26453 key "latexcompanion"
26465 \begin_layout Standard
26466 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26468 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26469 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26470 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26471 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26472 If so, put the following in the preamble
26475 \begin_layout Standard
26487 \begin_layout Standard
26491 \begin_layout Standard
26497 \begin_layout Standard
26498 in the index entry.
26499 \begin_inset Index idx
26502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26503 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26508 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26509 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26510 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26513 \begin_layout Standard
26514 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26516 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26520 \begin_inset space \space{}
26523 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26524 for all index entries.
26525 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26537 documentation for details,
26538 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26540 key "makeindex,xindy"
26547 \begin_layout Subsection
26549 \begin_inset Index idx
26552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26559 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26561 name "sub:Index-Program"
26568 \begin_layout Standard
26569 If the index entry program
26573 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
26577 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26586 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26587 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26588 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26589 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26590 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
26600 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26601 dialog, see section
26602 \begin_inset space ~
26606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26608 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26613 The available options are listed and explained in
26614 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26616 key "makeindex,xindy"
26621 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
26625 \begin_layout Standard
26626 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
26627 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
26630 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26631 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26632 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26636 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
26637 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
26640 \begin_layout Subsection
26644 \begin_layout Standard
26645 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
26646 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
26647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26654 next to the standard index.
26655 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
26656 packages that add this feature.
26662 \begin_inset Index idx
26665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26666 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
26671 package to generate multiple indexes.
26672 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
26673 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
26674 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26681 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
26682 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
26683 Please consult the package's manual for details.
26686 \begin_layout Standard
26687 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
26689 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26690 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26691 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26698 Use multiple Indexes
26699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26703 Note that the list of
26704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26711 below already contains the standard index.
26712 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
26713 also appear as a heading) to the
26714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26721 input field and press the
26722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26730 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
26731 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
26732 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
26733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26736 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26742 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
26743 indexes in the LyX work area.
26746 \begin_layout Standard
26747 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
26750 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26752 \begin_inset space ~
26756 \begin_inset space ~
26765 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
26766 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
26767 are some additional features:
26770 \begin_layout Itemize
26771 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
26772 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
26775 \begin_layout Itemize
26776 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
26777 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
26778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26786 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
26788 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26791 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
26792 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
26793 to the non-subindexes.
26796 \begin_layout Section
26797 Nomenclature / Glossary
26798 \begin_inset Index idx
26801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26808 \begin_inset Index idx
26811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26840 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26842 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26849 \begin_layout Standard
26850 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26851 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26855 \begin_layout Standard
26856 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26861 \begin_inset Index idx
26864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26865 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26871 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26872 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26878 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26881 \begin_layout Standard
26882 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26883 and then use the menu
26885 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26891 \begin_inset space ~
26896 or the toolbar button
26897 \begin_inset Graphics
26898 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26899 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26916 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26919 \begin_layout Standard
26920 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26921 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26922 The second is the description of the symbol.
26925 \begin_layout Standard
26926 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26934 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26942 \begin_layout Subsection
26943 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26944 \begin_inset Index idx
26947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26948 Nomenclature ! Layout
26956 \begin_layout Standard
26957 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26961 field as LaTeX-formulas.
26963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26967 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26975 \begin_inset Newline newline
26983 \begin_inset Newline newline
26989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26996 character starts/ends the formula.
26997 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27009 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27019 \begin_layout Standard
27020 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27021 \begin_inset space ~
27025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27027 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27034 \begin_layout Standard
27038 \begin_inset space ~
27043 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27044 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27049 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27056 in this document is:
27057 \begin_inset Newline newline
27062 dummy entry for the character
27067 \begin_inset Newline newline
27079 \begin_inset space ~
27089 font use the command
27118 \begin_layout Subsection
27119 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27120 \begin_inset Index idx
27123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27124 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27132 \begin_layout Standard
27133 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27134 the symbol definition.
27135 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27136 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27139 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27140 LatexCommand nomenclature
27142 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27149 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27153 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27154 LatexCommand nomenclature
27157 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27162 They will be sorted by
27163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27189 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27192 will be sorted before the
27196 since the character
27197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27204 is considered in sorting.
27207 \begin_layout Standard
27208 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27211 \begin_inset space ~
27216 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27217 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27219 For the example given, you can insert
27223 in this field for the
27224 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27231 will be located before
27232 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27238 \begin_layout Standard
27239 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27244 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27253 \begin_layout Subsection
27254 Nomenclature Options
27255 \begin_inset Index idx
27258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27259 Nomenclature ! Options
27267 \begin_layout Standard
27272 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27273 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27276 \begin_layout Description
27277 refeq Appends the phrase
27278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27293 to every nomenclature entry, where
27299 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27302 \begin_layout Description
27303 refpage Appends the phrase
27304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27319 to every nomenclature entry, where
27325 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27328 \begin_layout Description
27329 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27332 \begin_layout Standard
27333 There are furthermore the options
27377 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27381 \begin_layout Standard
27382 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27383 class options list in the
27385 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27389 In this document the option
27396 \begin_layout Standard
27397 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27403 \begin_layout Standard
27404 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27405 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27410 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27413 \begin_layout Description
27423 \begin_layout Description
27426 nomrefpage Like the
27433 \begin_layout Description
27436 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27445 \begin_layout Description
27449 \begin_inset space ~
27455 \begin_inset space ~
27460 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27463 \begin_layout Subsection
27464 Printing the Nomenclature
27465 \begin_inset Index idx
27468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27469 Nomenclature ! Printing
27477 \begin_layout Standard
27478 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27480 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27482 \begin_inset space ~
27486 \begin_inset space ~
27489 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27493 A light blue box labeled
27494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27505 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27506 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27509 \begin_layout Standard
27510 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27519 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27527 For example, in order to change the name to
27531 , add the following line to the preamble:
27534 \begin_layout Standard
27542 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27545 \begin_layout Standard
27546 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27552 \begin_layout Standard
27553 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27554 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27557 \begin_layout Standard
27565 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27568 \begin_layout Standard
27571 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27572 \begin_inset space ~
27576 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27578 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27583 The default value is 1
27584 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27590 \begin_layout Subsection
27591 Nomenclature Program
27592 \begin_inset Index idx
27595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27596 Nomenclature ! Program
27602 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27604 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27611 \begin_layout Standard
27612 LyX uses the program
27616 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27617 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27622 by adding options, see section
27623 \begin_inset space ~
27627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27629 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27634 The available options are listed and explained in
27635 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27637 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27644 \begin_layout Section
27646 \begin_inset Index idx
27649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27656 \begin_inset Index idx
27659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27660 Document ! Branches
27666 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27668 name "sec:Branches"
27675 \begin_layout Standard
27676 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27677 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27678 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27679 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27682 \begin_layout Standard
27683 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27684 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27685 To create a branch, go in the
27687 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27695 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27696 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27699 \begin_layout Standard
27700 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27701 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27703 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27706 where you can choose a branch.
27707 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27710 \begin_layout Standard
27711 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27712 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27715 \begin_layout Standard
27716 \begin_inset Branch Question
27719 \begin_layout Standard
27720 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27728 \begin_layout Standard
27729 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27732 \begin_layout Standard
27733 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27741 \begin_layout Standard
27742 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27748 \begin_layout Standard
27749 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27750 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27752 For example you can define for the question branch
27756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27757 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27758 \begin_inset space ~
27762 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27764 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27776 \begin_layout Standard
27786 \begin_layout Standard
27796 \begin_layout Standard
27797 and for the answer branch
27800 \begin_layout Standard
27810 \begin_layout Standard
27820 \begin_layout Standard
27821 \begin_inset Branch Question
27824 \begin_layout Standard
27828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27856 \begin_layout Standard
27857 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27860 \begin_layout Standard
27864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27892 \begin_layout Standard
27893 Now it is possible to use the commands
27897 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27904 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27907 to obtain conditional output.
27908 Here is an example formula where only the
27915 \begin_inset Formula \[
27916 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27923 \begin_layout Standard
27924 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27932 \begin_layout Section
27934 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27936 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27941 \begin_inset Index idx
27944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27953 \begin_layout Standard
27958 dialog allows you in the
27962 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27963 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27968 \begin_inset Index idx
27971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27972 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27980 \begin_layout Standard
27985 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27986 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27987 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27989 You can specify in the dialog tab
27993 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27995 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27996 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
28000 \begin_layout Standard
28005 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28006 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28007 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28009 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28010 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28012 \begin_inset space ~
28015 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28016 \begin_inset space ~
28019 1 will only display the sections.
28022 \begin_layout Standard
28023 The header information in the dialog tab
28027 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28028 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28029 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28033 \begin_inset space \space{}
28036 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28037 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28040 Automatic fill header
28042 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28043 title and author settings.
28046 \begin_layout Standard
28049 Load in fullscreen mode
28051 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28054 \begin_layout Standard
28055 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28056 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28062 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28063 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28072 \begin_layout Section
28073 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28074 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28076 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28083 \begin_layout Subsection
28085 \begin_inset Index idx
28088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28095 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28097 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28104 \begin_layout Standard
28105 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28106 constructs, but not all.
28107 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28108 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28109 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28110 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28111 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28115 \begin_layout Standard
28116 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28118 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28120 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28122 \begin_inset space ~
28127 or by the toolbar button
28128 \begin_inset Graphics
28129 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28134 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28138 \begin_layout Standard
28139 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28140 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28141 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
28148 , you can write the command part
28154 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28158 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28159 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28160 the following example:
28163 \begin_layout Standard
28164 \begin_inset Graphics
28165 filename clipart/ERT.png
28173 \begin_layout Standard
28177 \begin_layout Standard
28178 This is a line with a
28182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28205 \begin_layout Standard
28206 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28214 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28215 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28223 \begin_layout Subsection
28224 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28225 \begin_inset Argument
28228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28235 \begin_inset Index idx
28238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28245 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28247 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28254 \begin_layout Standard
28255 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28256 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28257 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28266 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28267 any time if you know the right commands.
28269 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28273 \begin_inset space \space{}
28276 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28278 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28279 all caption labels bold.
28280 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28282 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28286 \begin_layout Standard
28287 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28288 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28289 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28291 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28300 \begin_layout Standard
28301 As result you know that the package
28306 \begin_inset Index idx
28309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28310 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28316 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28318 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28324 \begin_layout Standard
28329 usepackage[options]{package name}
28332 \begin_layout Standard
28333 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28334 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28335 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28338 \begin_layout Standard
28339 In your case the package name is
28344 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28349 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28350 So you add the command
28353 \begin_layout Standard
28358 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28361 \begin_layout Standard
28362 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28367 For more commands provided by the
28371 package, have a look at its documentation,
28372 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28386 \begin_layout Standard
28387 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28389 For example if you use a
28393 class, you don't need the package
28397 , you can instead write
28400 \begin_layout Standard
28405 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28410 \begin_layout Standard
28411 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28412 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28413 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28420 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28423 \begin_layout Standard
28424 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28425 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28427 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28428 the previous section.
28431 \begin_layout Standard
28432 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28434 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28436 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28444 \begin_layout Section
28445 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28446 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28448 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28453 \begin_inset Index idx
28456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28463 \begin_inset Index idx
28466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28475 \begin_layout Standard
28476 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28477 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28478 to break your train of thought with
28480 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28486 \begin_layout Standard
28487 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28488 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28493 \begin_inset Index idx
28496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28497 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28502 as explained below, and turn on
28505 \begin_inset space ~
28512 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28516 \begin_inset space ~
28520 \begin_inset space ~
28523 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28528 \begin_inset space ~
28533 is the multiplication factor for the size.
28536 \begin_layout Standard
28537 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28539 Previews of an already loaded document are
28543 generated just by selecting the
28546 \begin_inset space ~
28551 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28554 \begin_layout Standard
28555 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28556 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28559 \begin_inset space ~
28564 check box in the insert dialog.
28565 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28569 \begin_layout Standard
28570 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28574 (on some systems named simply
28579 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28581 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28587 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28588 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28596 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28600 \begin_layout Standard
28601 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28607 \begin_layout Standard
28608 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28612 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28614 \begin_inset space ~
28619 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28620 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28622 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28623 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28624 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28625 the source view window.
28628 \begin_layout Section
28630 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28632 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28637 \begin_inset Index idx
28640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28649 \begin_layout Standard
28650 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28651 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28668 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28674 can be seen as the successor to
28682 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
28688 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28689 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28697 \begin_layout Standard
28698 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28699 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28706 \begin_layout Standard
28709 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28712 or the toolbar button
28713 \begin_inset Graphics
28714 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28715 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28719 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28720 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28721 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28722 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28723 scrolled so that it is visible.
28728 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28730 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28734 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28735 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28738 \begin_layout Standard
28739 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28742 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28746 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28747 will bring an error message.
28748 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28749 specifying a different
28751 Alternative language
28753 in preferences dialog.
28756 \begin_layout Standard
28757 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28760 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28764 \begin_layout Standard
28765 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28766 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28768 But you can use the
28771 \begin_inset space ~
28775 \begin_inset space ~
28783 \begin_layout Standard
28784 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28785 This does work with
28789 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28792 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28796 \begin_layout Standard
28801 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28804 \begin_layout Description
28806 \begin_inset space ~
28809 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28810 should consider, e.
28811 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28815 \begin_inset space \space{}
28818 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28819 This should not normally be needed.
28822 \begin_layout Description
28824 \begin_inset space ~
28827 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28828 the spell checker's default choice
28831 \begin_layout Description
28833 \begin_inset space ~
28837 \begin_inset space ~
28840 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28852 \begin_layout Description
28854 \begin_inset space ~
28858 \begin_inset space ~
28861 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28863 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28870 also for the spellchecker.
28874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28875 The encodings are explained in section
28876 \begin_inset space ~
28880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28882 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28891 Only enable this if you use
28895 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28896 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28897 so this is disabled by default.
28900 \begin_layout Section
28902 \begin_inset Index idx
28905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28912 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28914 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28921 \begin_layout Standard
28922 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
28923 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
28932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28933 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28935 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
28944 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
28945 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
28946 are available for many languages.
28949 \begin_layout Standard
28950 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
28954 \begin_layout Subsection
28955 Setting up the thesaurus
28958 \begin_layout Standard
28963 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
28968 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
28973 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
28975 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28979 en_EN for English).
28980 For instance, the English files are named:
28983 \begin_layout Itemize
28987 \begin_layout Itemize
28991 \begin_layout Standard
28992 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
28993 already on your system.
28994 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
28995 \begin_inset Flex URL
28998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29000 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
29006 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
29011 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
29013 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
29014 unpack a zip archive.
29017 \begin_layout Standard
29026 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
29027 s), and specify the path to this directory in
29029 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29030 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29034 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
29037 \begin_layout Subsection
29038 Using the thesaurus
29041 \begin_layout Standard
29042 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
29044 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29047 or the toolbar button
29048 \begin_inset Graphics
29049 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
29050 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29051 rotateOrigin center
29055 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
29057 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
29059 The proposals are grouped into categories.
29060 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
29061 and hyponyms (such as
29069 ), compounds (such as
29073 ) and antonyms (such as
29081 ), which are marked as such.
29084 \begin_layout Standard
29085 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
29086 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
29090 \begin_layout Standard
29091 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
29092 the dictionary, such as the above
29096 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
29097 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29101 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
29102 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
29103 For example looking up the word forms
29111 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
29116 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
29117 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29129 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
29130 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
29131 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
29134 \begin_layout Subsection
29135 License of the Thesaurus library
29138 \begin_layout Standard
29143 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
29148 as a standalone program.
29149 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
29150 The library was released under the
29152 Berkeley Database License
29154 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
29155 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
29156 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
29158 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
29161 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
29165 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
29168 \begin_layout Section
29170 \begin_inset Index idx
29173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29180 \begin_inset Index idx
29183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29184 Document ! Change Tracking
29190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29192 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29199 \begin_layout Standard
29200 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
29201 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
29202 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
29203 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29205 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29207 \begin_inset space ~
29210 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29212 \begin_inset space ~
29220 \begin_layout Standard
29221 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
29235 The color depends on the author that made the change.
29236 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29239 \begin_inset space ~
29243 \begin_inset space ~
29253 \begin_inset Index idx
29256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29257 Color ! Change tracking
29262 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
29263 the cursor is in changed text.
29264 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
29265 \begin_inset Graphics
29266 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29267 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29268 rotateOrigin center
29275 \begin_layout Standard
29276 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29277 \begin_inset Index idx
29280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29289 \begin_layout Standard
29290 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29296 \begin_layout Standard
29297 \begin_inset Graphics
29298 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29305 \begin_layout Standard
29306 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29312 \begin_layout Standard
29313 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29317 \begin_layout Standard
29318 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29324 \begin_layout Standard
29325 \begin_inset Tabular
29326 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29327 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29328 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29329 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29330 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29335 \begin_inset Graphics
29336 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29337 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29338 rotateOrigin center
29347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29353 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29355 \begin_inset space ~
29358 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29360 \begin_inset space ~
29369 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29374 \begin_inset Graphics
29375 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29376 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29377 rotateOrigin center
29386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29392 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29394 \begin_inset space ~
29397 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29399 \begin_inset space ~
29403 \begin_inset space ~
29407 \begin_inset space ~
29416 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29421 \begin_inset Graphics
29422 filename ../images/change-next.png
29423 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29424 rotateOrigin center
29433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29437 Jumps to the next change
29443 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29448 \begin_inset Graphics
29449 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29450 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29451 rotateOrigin center
29460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29466 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29468 \begin_inset space ~
29471 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29473 \begin_inset space ~
29482 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29487 \begin_inset Graphics
29488 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29489 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29490 rotateOrigin center
29499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29505 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29507 \begin_inset space ~
29510 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29512 \begin_inset space ~
29521 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29526 \begin_inset Graphics
29527 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29528 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29529 rotateOrigin center
29538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29544 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29546 \begin_inset space ~
29549 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29551 \begin_inset space ~
29560 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29565 \begin_inset Graphics
29566 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29567 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29568 rotateOrigin center
29577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29583 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29585 \begin_inset space ~
29588 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29590 \begin_inset space ~
29594 \begin_inset space ~
29603 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29608 \begin_inset Graphics
29609 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29610 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29611 rotateOrigin center
29620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29626 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29628 \begin_inset space ~
29631 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29633 \begin_inset space ~
29637 \begin_inset space ~
29646 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29651 \begin_inset Graphics
29652 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29653 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29654 rotateOrigin center
29663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29669 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29670 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29672 \begin_inset space ~
29681 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29686 \begin_inset Graphics
29687 filename ../images/note-next.png
29688 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29689 rotateOrigin center
29698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29704 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29706 \begin_inset space ~
29722 \begin_layout Standard
29723 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29729 \begin_layout Standard
29730 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29731 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29732 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29733 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29734 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29735 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29736 step to the next change.
29737 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29740 \begin_layout Standard
29741 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29742 to describe a change.
29745 \begin_layout Standard
29746 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29751 \begin_inset Index idx
29754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29755 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29761 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29762 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29768 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29771 \begin_layout Section
29772 International Support
29773 \begin_inset Index idx
29776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29777 International support
29785 \begin_layout Standard
29786 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29787 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29788 how to set up LyX to use them:
29789 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29791 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29798 \begin_layout Standard
29799 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29800 \begin_inset space ~
29804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29806 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29813 \begin_layout Subsection
29815 \begin_inset Index idx
29818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29825 \begin_inset Index idx
29828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29829 Document ! Settings
29835 \begin_inset Index idx
29838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29839 Document ! Language
29847 \begin_layout Standard
29850 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29853 dialog lets you set
29855 the language and character encoding for your language.
29859 \begin_layout Standard
29860 Choose your language in the
29864 section of this dialog.
29872 \begin_layout Standard
29877 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29882 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29883 For details about the different encoding options see section
29884 \begin_inset space ~
29888 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29890 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29897 \begin_layout Subsection
29898 Keyboard mapping configuration
29899 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29901 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29908 \begin_layout Standard
29909 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29910 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29911 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29912 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29913 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29915 \begin_inset space ~
29919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29921 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29926 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29927 which one you want to use.
29930 \begin_layout Standard
29931 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29932 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29933 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29934 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29935 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29936 one to support the characters you want.
29937 This and many other customizations are explained in the
29944 \begin_layout Subsection
29948 \begin_layout Standard
29950 \begin_inset space ~
29954 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29956 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29965 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29969 \begin_layout Standard
29970 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29971 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29979 \begin_layout Itemize
29980 Even if you have selected
29986 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29989 dialog, users who have only the
29993 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29997 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29998 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29999 french quotes won't show up.
30002 \begin_layout Standard
30003 \begin_inset Float table
30008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30009 \begin_inset Caption
30011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30012 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30014 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
30030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30032 \begin_inset Tabular
30033 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
30034 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30035 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30036 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30037 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30038 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30039 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30040 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30041 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30042 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30043 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30044 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30045 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30046 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30047 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30048 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30049 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30050 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30051 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34464 \begin_layout Standard
34465 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34467 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34468 also the characters from
34480 \begin_layout Itemize
34489 \begin_layout Standard
34490 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34491 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34497 \begin_layout Standard
34498 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34499 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34505 \begin_layout Standard
34506 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34507 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34513 \begin_layout Standard
34514 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34515 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34521 \begin_layout Standard
34523 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34529 \begin_layout Standard
34531 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34537 \begin_layout Standard
34539 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34546 \begin_layout Itemize
34559 \begin_layout Standard
34561 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34567 \begin_layout Standard
34569 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34575 \begin_layout Standard
34577 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34583 \begin_layout Standard
34585 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34591 \begin_layout Standard
34593 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34599 \begin_layout Standard
34601 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34608 \begin_layout Standard
34609 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34610 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34611 Also make sure you're using the
34618 \begin_layout Chapter
34621 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34623 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34630 \begin_layout Standard
34631 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
34632 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
34633 topic inside the user's guide.
34636 \begin_layout Section
34638 \begin_inset Index idx
34641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34650 \begin_layout Standard
34655 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34656 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34659 \begin_layout Subsection
34663 \begin_layout Standard
34664 Creates a new document.
34667 \begin_layout Subsection
34671 \begin_layout Standard
34672 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
34673 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34674 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34677 \begin_layout Subsection
34681 \begin_layout Standard
34685 \begin_layout Subsection
34689 \begin_layout Standard
34690 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34691 Click there on a file to open it.
34694 \begin_layout Subsection
34698 \begin_layout Standard
34699 Closes the current document.
34702 \begin_layout Subsection
34706 \begin_layout Standard
34707 Closes all opened documents.
34710 \begin_layout Subsection
34714 \begin_layout Standard
34715 Saves the actual document.
34718 \begin_layout Subsection
34722 \begin_layout Standard
34723 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34726 \begin_layout Subsection
34730 \begin_layout Standard
34731 Saves all opened documents.
34734 \begin_layout Subsection
34738 \begin_layout Standard
34739 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34742 \begin_layout Subsection
34746 \begin_layout Standard
34747 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34748 It is described in the section
34750 Version Control in LyX
34754 Additional Features
34759 \begin_layout Subsection
34763 \begin_layout Standard
34764 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
34765 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
34766 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
34767 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34770 \begin_layout Standard
34771 When using the menu entry
34774 \begin_inset space ~
34779 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
34783 \begin_inset space ~
34787 \begin_inset space ~
34792 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
34793 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
34796 \begin_layout Subsection
34798 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34807 \begin_layout Standard
34808 You can export your document to various file formats.
34809 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34810 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34811 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34814 \begin_layout Standard
34815 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
34817 \begin_inset space ~
34821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34823 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34830 \begin_layout Description
34834 \begin_inset space ~
34839 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34841 \begin_inset Newline newline
34844 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
34847 \begin_layout Description
34855 \begin_layout Description
34856 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
34860 \begin_layout Description
34862 \begin_inset space ~
34866 \begin_inset space ~
34869 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34873 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34881 \begin_layout Description
34888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34896 \begin_inset space ~
34901 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34902 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
34906 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34909 \begin_layout Description
34916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34924 \begin_inset space ~
34929 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34930 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34938 \begin_layout Description
34940 \begin_inset space ~
34943 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34951 is replaced by the version number)
34954 \begin_layout Description
34955 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
34958 \begin_layout Description
34959 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34972 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
34976 \begin_layout Description
34980 \begin_inset space ~
34985 PDF-format using the program
34990 \begin_layout Description
34994 \begin_inset space ~
34999 PDF-format using the program
35004 \begin_layout Description
35008 \begin_inset space ~
35013 PDF-format using the program
35018 \begin_layout Description
35022 \begin_inset space ~
35030 \begin_layout Description
35034 \begin_inset space ~
35038 \begin_inset space ~
35043 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
35044 and then exported as text using the program
35049 \begin_layout Description
35054 PostScript format using the program
35059 \begin_layout Description
35067 \begin_layout Standard
35072 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
35073 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
35079 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
35082 \begin_layout Standard
35083 If one of the menu entries
35090 \begin_inset space ~
35099 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35100 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35101 \begin_inset space ~
35105 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35107 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35112 \begin_inset Index idx
35115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35116 Reconfiguration of LyX
35124 \begin_layout Standard
35129 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
35130 the export program.
35133 \begin_layout Subsection
35137 \begin_layout Standard
35138 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
35139 format or send it to a printer.
35140 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
35141 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
35147 For more information have a look at section
35148 \begin_inset space ~
35152 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35154 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
35161 \begin_layout Subsection
35165 \begin_layout Standard
35166 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
35167 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
35168 prefix, see section
35169 \begin_inset space ~
35173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35175 reference "sec:Paths"
35180 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
35189 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
35190 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
35191 \begin_inset space ~
35195 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35197 reference "sub:Converters"
35204 \begin_layout Subsection
35205 New and Close Window
35208 \begin_layout Standard
35209 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
35212 \begin_layout Subsection
35216 \begin_layout Standard
35217 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
35220 \begin_layout Section
35222 \begin_inset Index idx
35225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35234 \begin_layout Subsection
35238 \begin_layout Standard
35239 Described in section
35240 \begin_inset space ~
35244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35246 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35253 \begin_layout Subsection
35254 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35257 \begin_layout Standard
35258 Described in section
35259 \begin_inset space ~
35263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35265 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35272 \begin_layout Subsection
35276 \begin_layout Standard
35277 Selects the whole document.
35280 \begin_layout Subsection
35284 \begin_layout Standard
35285 Described in section
35286 \begin_inset space ~
35290 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35292 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35299 \begin_layout Subsection
35300 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35303 \begin_layout Standard
35304 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35308 \begin_layout Subsection
35312 \begin_layout Standard
35313 Described in section
35314 \begin_inset space ~
35318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35320 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35327 \begin_layout Subsection
35329 \begin_inset Index idx
35332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35333 Paragraph ! Settings
35341 \begin_layout Standard
35342 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
35343 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
35346 \begin_layout Standard
35347 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
35348 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
35350 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35356 \begin_inset space ~
35364 \begin_layout Subsection
35365 Table Settings and Math
35368 \begin_layout Standard
35369 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
35371 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
35372 The properties of tables are described in section
35373 \begin_inset space ~
35377 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35379 reference "sec:Tables"
35383 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35384 \begin_inset space ~
35388 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35390 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35397 \begin_layout Subsection
35398 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35401 \begin_layout Standard
35402 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
35403 that can be nested.
35404 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35405 \begin_inset space ~
35409 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35411 reference "sec:Nesting"
35416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35418 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35425 \begin_layout Section
35427 \begin_inset Index idx
35430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35439 \begin_layout Standard
35444 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35445 document with an external program.
35446 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35447 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35448 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35449 \begin_inset space ~
35453 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35455 reference "sub:Export"
35460 You should at least see the menu entries
35467 \begin_inset space ~
35473 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35474 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35475 \begin_inset space ~
35479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35481 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35486 \begin_inset Index idx
35489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35490 Reconfiguration of LyX
35498 \begin_layout Standard
35499 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35500 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35501 \begin_inset space ~
35505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35507 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35512 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35515 \begin_layout Standard
35516 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35519 At the bottom of the
35523 menu the opened documents are listed.
35526 \begin_layout Subsection
35527 Open/Close all Insets
35530 \begin_layout Standard
35531 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35534 \begin_layout Subsection
35535 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35538 \begin_layout Standard
35539 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35542 \begin_layout Standard
35543 Math macros are described in the
35550 \begin_layout Subsection
35554 \begin_layout Standard
35555 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35557 \begin_inset space ~
35561 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35563 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35570 \begin_layout Subsection
35574 \begin_layout Standard
35575 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35576 opening a new view window.
35579 \begin_layout Subsection
35583 \begin_layout Standard
35584 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35585 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
35586 view the same document, but at different positions.
35587 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
35588 or more documents at the same time.
35589 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35596 \begin_layout Subsection
35600 \begin_layout Standard
35601 Closes a split view.
35604 \begin_layout Subsection
35608 \begin_layout Standard
35609 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
35610 so that you will see nothing but your text.
35611 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35612 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35613 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
35616 \begin_layout Subsection
35618 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35620 name "sub:Toolbars"
35625 \begin_inset Index idx
35628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35637 \begin_layout Standard
35638 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35639 All toolbars and the
35642 \begin_inset space ~
35647 can be turned on and off.
35652 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35664 \begin_inset space ~
35673 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35677 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35684 \begin_layout Standard
35689 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35693 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35694 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35695 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35696 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35697 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35700 \begin_layout Standard
35701 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
35702 \begin_inset space ~
35706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35708 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35715 \begin_layout Section
35717 \begin_inset Index idx
35720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35729 \begin_layout Subsection
35733 \begin_layout Standard
35734 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35735 \begin_inset space ~
35739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35741 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35752 \begin_layout Subsection
35754 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35756 name "sub:Special-Character"
35763 \begin_layout Standard
35764 Here you can insert the following characters:
35767 \begin_layout Description
35768 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35769 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35770 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35771 \begin_inset Newline newline
35775 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35783 Not all characters will be visible in the
35787 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
35789 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35795 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35799 ) can display every character.
35807 \begin_layout Description
35808 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35812 \begin_layout Description
35814 \begin_inset space ~
35818 \begin_inset space ~
35821 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35822 \begin_inset space ~
35826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35828 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35835 \begin_layout Description
35837 \begin_inset space ~
35840 Quote Inserts this quote:
35841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35844 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35846 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35856 \begin_layout Description
35858 \begin_inset space ~
35861 Quote Inserts this quote:
35862 \begin_inset Quotes els
35868 \begin_layout Description
35870 \begin_inset space ~
35873 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35877 \begin_layout Description
35879 \begin_inset space ~
35882 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35886 \begin_layout Description
35888 \begin_inset space ~
35891 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35895 \begin_layout Description
35897 \begin_inset space ~
35901 \begin_inset Index idx
35904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35911 \begin_inset Index idx
35914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35915 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35920 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35921 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35922 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35927 \begin_inset Index idx
35930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35931 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35937 \begin_inset Newline newline
35940 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35944 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35952 and this Wiki-page:
35953 \begin_inset Newline newline
35957 \begin_inset Flex URL
35960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35962 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35970 \begin_layout Subsection
35974 \begin_layout Standard
35975 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35978 \begin_layout Description
35979 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
35980 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35986 \begin_layout Description
35987 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
35988 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35994 \begin_layout Description
35996 \begin_inset space ~
35999 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
36000 \begin_inset space ~
36004 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36006 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
36013 \begin_layout Description
36015 \begin_inset space ~
36018 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
36019 \begin_inset space ~
36023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36025 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
36032 \begin_layout Description
36034 \begin_inset space ~
36037 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
36038 \begin_inset space ~
36042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36044 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
36051 \begin_layout Description
36053 \begin_inset space ~
36056 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
36057 \begin_inset space ~
36061 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36063 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
36070 \begin_layout Description
36072 \begin_inset space ~
36075 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
36076 \begin_inset space ~
36080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36082 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
36089 \begin_layout Description
36091 \begin_inset space ~
36094 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
36095 \begin_inset space ~
36099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36101 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
36108 \begin_layout Description
36110 \begin_inset space ~
36113 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
36114 \begin_inset space ~
36118 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36120 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
36127 \begin_layout Description
36129 \begin_inset space ~
36132 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
36133 \begin_inset space ~
36137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36139 reference "sub:Ligatures"
36146 \begin_layout Description
36148 \begin_inset space ~
36152 \begin_inset space ~
36155 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
36156 \begin_inset space ~
36160 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36162 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36169 \begin_layout Description
36171 \begin_inset space ~
36174 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
36175 text line to the page border, see section
36176 \begin_inset space ~
36180 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36182 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36189 \begin_layout Description
36191 \begin_inset space ~
36194 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
36195 \begin_inset space ~
36199 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36201 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36208 \begin_layout Description
36210 \begin_inset space ~
36213 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
36214 text page to the page border, described in section
36215 \begin_inset space ~
36219 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36221 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36228 \begin_layout Description
36230 \begin_inset space ~
36233 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
36234 \begin_inset space ~
36238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36240 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36247 \begin_layout Description
36249 \begin_inset space ~
36253 \begin_inset space ~
36256 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36257 \begin_inset space ~
36261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36263 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36270 \begin_layout Subsection
36274 \begin_layout Standard
36275 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
36276 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36278 \begin_inset space ~
36282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36284 reference "sec:toc"
36289 The index list is described in section
36290 \begin_inset space ~
36294 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36296 reference "sec:Index"
36300 , the nomenclature in section
36301 \begin_inset space ~
36305 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36307 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36311 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36312 \begin_inset space ~
36316 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36318 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36325 \begin_layout Subsection
36329 \begin_layout Standard
36330 To insert floats, described in section
36331 \begin_inset space ~
36335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36337 reference "sec:Floats"
36344 \begin_layout Subsection
36348 \begin_layout Standard
36349 To insert notes, described in section
36350 \begin_inset space ~
36354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36356 reference "sec:Notes"
36363 \begin_layout Subsection
36367 \begin_layout Standard
36368 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36369 \begin_inset space ~
36373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36375 reference "sec:Branches"
36382 \begin_layout Subsection
36386 \begin_layout Standard
36387 Inserts document class-specific insets.
36388 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
36390 An example is the document class
36391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36398 with three custom insets.
36401 Flex insets and InsetLayout
36407 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
36410 \begin_layout Subsection
36412 \begin_inset Index idx
36415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36424 \begin_layout Standard
36425 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
36426 files in your document.
36427 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
36438 \begin_layout Subsection
36440 \begin_inset Index idx
36443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36452 \begin_layout Standard
36453 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36454 \begin_inset space ~
36458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36460 reference "sec:Minipages"
36465 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
36476 \begin_layout Subsection
36480 \begin_layout Standard
36481 Inserts a citation as described in section
36482 \begin_inset space ~
36486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36488 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36495 \begin_layout Subsection
36499 \begin_layout Standard
36500 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36501 \begin_inset space ~
36505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36507 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36514 \begin_layout Subsection
36518 \begin_layout Standard
36519 Inserts a label as described in section
36520 \begin_inset space ~
36524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36526 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36533 \begin_layout Subsection
36535 \begin_inset Index idx
36538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36545 \begin_inset Index idx
36548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36549 Longtables ! Caption
36557 \begin_layout Standard
36558 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
36559 Floats are described in section
36560 \begin_inset space ~
36564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36566 reference "sec:Floats"
36570 , captions in longtables are described in the section
36581 \begin_layout Subsection
36585 \begin_layout Standard
36586 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36587 \begin_inset space ~
36591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36593 reference "sec:Index"
36600 \begin_layout Subsection
36604 \begin_layout Standard
36605 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36606 \begin_inset space ~
36610 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36612 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36619 \begin_layout Subsection
36623 \begin_layout Standard
36625 Tables are described in section
36626 \begin_inset space ~
36630 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36632 reference "sec:Tables"
36639 \begin_layout Subsection
36643 \begin_layout Standard
36645 Graphics are described in section
36646 \begin_inset space ~
36650 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36652 reference "sec:Graphics"
36659 \begin_layout Subsection
36663 \begin_layout Standard
36664 Inserts an URL as described in section
36665 \begin_inset space ~
36669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36671 reference "sub:URLs"
36678 \begin_layout Subsection
36682 \begin_layout Standard
36683 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36684 \begin_inset space ~
36688 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36690 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36697 \begin_layout Subsection
36701 \begin_layout Standard
36702 Inserts a footnote, see section
36703 \begin_inset space ~
36707 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36709 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36716 \begin_layout Subsection
36720 \begin_layout Standard
36721 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36722 \begin_inset space ~
36726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36728 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36735 \begin_layout Subsection
36739 \begin_layout Standard
36740 Inserts a short title, see section
36741 \begin_inset space ~
36745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36747 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36754 \begin_layout Subsection
36758 \begin_layout Standard
36759 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36760 \begin_inset space ~
36764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36766 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36773 \begin_layout Subsection
36775 \begin_inset Index idx
36778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36787 \begin_layout Standard
36788 Inserts a program listings box.
36789 Program listings are explained in the chapter
36791 Program Code Listings
36800 \begin_layout Subsection
36804 \begin_layout Standard
36805 Inserts the actual date.
36806 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36808 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
36820 \begin_layout Section
36822 \begin_inset Index idx
36825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36834 \begin_layout Standard
36835 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36836 \begin_inset space ~
36839 of the current document.
36840 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36843 \begin_layout Subsection
36847 \begin_layout Standard
36848 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36849 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
36851 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36855 \begin_inset space \space{}
36859 \begin_inset space ~
36863 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36864 \begin_inset space ~
36867 2.5 and use the menu
36870 \begin_inset space ~
36874 \begin_inset space ~
36881 \begin_inset space ~
36887 \begin_inset space ~
36891 \begin_inset space ~
36897 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36901 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36907 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36913 \begin_layout Standard
36914 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36915 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36918 \begin_layout Subsection
36919 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36922 \begin_layout Standard
36923 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36927 \begin_layout Subsection
36931 \begin_layout Standard
36932 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36933 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36934 on a cross-reference box.
36937 \begin_layout Section
36939 \begin_inset Index idx
36942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36951 \begin_layout Subsection
36955 \begin_layout Standard
36956 Change Tracking is described in section
36957 \begin_inset space ~
36961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36963 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36970 \begin_layout Subsection
36975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36985 \begin_layout Standard
36986 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36988 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36991 \begin_layout Standard
36992 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36997 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
37000 \begin_layout Subsection
37004 \begin_layout Standard
37005 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
37006 \begin_inset space ~
37010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37012 reference "sec:Navigating"
37017 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37019 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
37026 \begin_layout Subsection
37027 Start Appendix Here
37030 \begin_layout Standard
37031 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
37032 position as described in section
37033 \begin_inset space ~
37037 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37039 reference "sec:Appendices"
37046 \begin_layout Subsection
37050 \begin_layout Standard
37051 Un/compresses the current document.
37054 \begin_layout Subsection
37058 \begin_layout Standard
37059 The document settings are described in appendix
37060 \begin_inset space ~
37064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37066 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
37073 \begin_layout Section
37075 \begin_inset Index idx
37078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37087 \begin_layout Subsection
37091 \begin_layout Standard
37092 Spell checking is explained in section
37093 \begin_inset space ~
37097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37099 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37106 \begin_layout Subsection
37110 \begin_layout Standard
37111 The thesaurus is described in section
37112 \begin_inset space ~
37116 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37118 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37125 \begin_layout Subsection
37127 \begin_inset Index idx
37130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37137 \begin_inset Index idx
37140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37149 \begin_layout Standard
37150 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37151 highlighted document part.
37154 \begin_layout Subsection
37156 \begin_inset Index idx
37159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37168 \begin_layout Standard
37169 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37172 \begin_layout Subsection
37174 \begin_inset Index idx
37177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37178 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37189 Reconfiguration of LyX
37193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37206 \begin_inset Index idx
37209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37210 Reconfiguration of LyX
37218 \begin_layout Standard
37219 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
37220 and needed programs it needs; see also section
37221 \begin_inset space ~
37225 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37227 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37234 \begin_layout Subsection
37238 \begin_layout Standard
37239 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
37240 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37246 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37253 \begin_layout Section
37255 \begin_inset Index idx
37258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37267 \begin_layout Standard
37268 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37272 \begin_layout Standard
37276 \begin_inset space ~
37281 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37282 found by LyX (see also section
37283 \begin_inset space ~
37287 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37289 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37296 \begin_layout Section
37298 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37300 name "sec:Toolbars"
37307 \begin_layout Standard
37308 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37309 \begin_inset space ~
37313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37315 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37322 \begin_layout Standard
37323 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37324 This is described in the
37326 Additional Features
37331 \begin_layout Subsection
37333 \begin_inset Index idx
37336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37345 \begin_layout Standard
37346 \begin_inset Graphics
37347 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37355 \begin_layout Standard
37356 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37362 \begin_layout Standard
37363 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37380 \begin_inset Note Note
37383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37384 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37389 manual for more information.
37397 \begin_layout Standard
37398 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37404 \begin_layout Standard
37405 \begin_inset Tabular
37406 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37407 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37408 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37409 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37415 \begin_inset Graphics
37416 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37430 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37443 \begin_layout Standard
37444 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37450 \begin_layout Standard
37452 \begin_inset Tabular
37453 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
37454 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37455 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37456 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37457 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37464 \begin_inset Graphics
37465 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37466 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37481 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37488 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37493 \begin_inset Graphics
37494 filename ../images/file-open.png
37495 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37510 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37517 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37522 \begin_inset Graphics
37523 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37524 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37539 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37546 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37551 \begin_inset Graphics
37552 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37553 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37568 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37575 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37580 \begin_inset Graphics
37581 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37582 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37597 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37604 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37609 \begin_inset Graphics
37610 filename ../images/undo.png
37611 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37626 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37633 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37638 \begin_inset Graphics
37639 filename ../images/redo.png
37640 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37655 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37662 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37667 \begin_inset Graphics
37668 filename ../images/cut.png
37669 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37684 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37691 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37696 \begin_inset Graphics
37697 filename ../images/copy.png
37698 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37713 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37720 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37725 \begin_inset Graphics
37726 filename ../images/paste.png
37727 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37742 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37749 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37754 \begin_inset Graphics
37755 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37756 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37757 rotateOrigin center
37766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37772 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37774 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37778 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37787 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37792 \begin_inset Graphics
37793 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37794 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37795 rotateOrigin center
37804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37810 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37811 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37818 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37823 \begin_inset Graphics
37824 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37825 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37838 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37840 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37842 \begin_inset space ~
37853 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37858 \begin_inset Graphics
37859 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37860 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37873 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37875 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37877 \begin_inset space ~
37888 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37893 \begin_inset Graphics
37894 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37895 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37908 Formats text using the current settings in the
37910 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37912 \begin_inset space ~
37923 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37928 \begin_inset Graphics
37929 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37930 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37945 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37946 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37948 \begin_inset space ~
37957 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37962 \begin_inset Graphics
37963 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37964 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37965 rotateOrigin center
37974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37980 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37987 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37992 \begin_inset Graphics
37993 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37994 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37995 rotateOrigin center
38004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38010 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38017 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38022 \begin_inset Graphics
38023 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38024 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38025 rotateOrigin center
38034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38038 Toggle outline window on/off,
38040 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38047 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38052 \begin_inset Graphics
38053 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38054 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38055 rotateOrigin center
38064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38068 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38074 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38079 \begin_inset Graphics
38080 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38081 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38082 rotateOrigin center
38091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38095 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38108 \begin_layout Subsection
38110 \begin_inset Index idx
38113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38122 \begin_layout Standard
38123 \begin_inset Graphics
38124 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38132 \begin_layout Standard
38133 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38139 \begin_layout Standard
38140 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38144 \begin_layout Standard
38145 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38151 \begin_layout Standard
38152 \begin_inset Tabular
38153 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38154 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38155 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38156 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38157 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38162 \begin_inset Graphics
38163 filename ../images/layout.png
38164 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38165 rotateOrigin center
38174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38184 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38189 \begin_inset Graphics
38190 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38191 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38192 rotateOrigin center
38201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38211 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38216 \begin_inset Graphics
38217 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38218 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38219 rotateOrigin center
38228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38238 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38243 \begin_inset Graphics
38244 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38245 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38246 rotateOrigin center
38255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38265 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38270 \begin_inset Graphics
38271 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38272 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38273 rotateOrigin center
38282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38292 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38297 \begin_inset Graphics
38298 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38299 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38300 rotateOrigin center
38309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38315 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38317 \begin_inset space ~
38321 \begin_inset space ~
38330 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38335 \begin_inset Graphics
38336 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38337 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38338 rotateOrigin center
38347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38353 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38355 \begin_inset space ~
38359 \begin_inset space ~
38368 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38373 \begin_inset Graphics
38374 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38375 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38390 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38391 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38398 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38403 \begin_inset Graphics
38404 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38405 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38420 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38421 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38428 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38433 \begin_inset Graphics
38434 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38435 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38450 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38457 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38462 \begin_inset Graphics
38463 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38464 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38479 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38486 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38491 \begin_inset Graphics
38492 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38493 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38508 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38515 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38520 \begin_inset Graphics
38521 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38522 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38537 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38539 \begin_inset space ~
38548 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38553 \begin_inset Graphics
38554 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38555 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38570 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38572 \begin_inset space ~
38581 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38586 \begin_inset Graphics
38587 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38588 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38603 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38610 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38615 \begin_inset Graphics
38616 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38617 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38618 rotateOrigin center
38627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38633 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38635 \begin_inset space ~
38644 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38649 \begin_inset Graphics
38650 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38651 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38666 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38667 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38669 \begin_inset space ~
38678 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38683 \begin_inset Graphics
38684 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38685 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38700 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38707 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38712 \begin_inset Graphics
38713 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38714 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38729 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38736 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38741 \begin_inset Graphics
38742 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38743 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38758 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38780 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38785 \begin_inset Graphics
38786 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38787 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38802 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38803 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38810 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38815 \begin_inset Graphics
38816 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38817 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38832 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38833 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38835 \begin_inset space ~
38844 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38849 \begin_inset Graphics
38850 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38851 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38852 rotateOrigin center
38861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38867 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38869 \begin_inset space ~
38878 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38883 \begin_inset Graphics
38884 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38885 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38886 rotateOrigin center
38895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38901 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38903 \begin_inset space ~
38912 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38917 \begin_inset Graphics
38918 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38919 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38920 rotateOrigin center
38929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38935 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38949 \begin_layout Subsection
38950 View / Update Toolbar
38951 \begin_inset Index idx
38954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38955 Toolbar ! View / Update
38963 \begin_layout Standard
38964 \begin_inset Graphics
38965 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38972 \begin_layout Standard
38973 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38979 \begin_layout Standard
38980 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38984 \begin_layout Standard
38985 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38991 \begin_layout Standard
38992 \begin_inset Tabular
38993 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38994 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38995 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38996 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38997 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39002 \begin_inset Graphics
39003 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39004 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39005 rotateOrigin center
39014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39020 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39027 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39032 \begin_inset Graphics
39033 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39034 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39035 rotateOrigin center
39044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39050 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39051 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39058 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39063 \begin_inset Graphics
39064 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39065 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39066 rotateOrigin center
39075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39081 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39088 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39093 \begin_inset Graphics
39094 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39095 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39096 rotateOrigin center
39105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39111 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39112 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39119 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39124 \begin_inset Graphics
39125 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39126 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39127 rotateOrigin center
39136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39142 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39149 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39154 \begin_inset Graphics
39155 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39156 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39157 rotateOrigin center
39166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39172 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39173 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39187 \begin_layout Subsection
39191 \begin_layout Standard
39192 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39193 \begin_inset space ~
39197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39199 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39203 , the table toolbar
39204 \begin_inset Index idx
39207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39217 manual, the math macro toolbar
39218 \begin_inset Index idx
39221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39234 \begin_layout Chapter
39235 The Document Settings
39236 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39238 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39243 \begin_inset Index idx
39246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39247 Document ! Settings
39255 \begin_layout Standard
39256 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
39257 whole document and is called with the menu
39259 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39263 You can save your document settings as default with th
39265 e Save as Document Defaults
39267 button in the dialog.
39268 This will create a template name
39276 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
39280 \begin_layout Standard
39281 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
39284 \begin_layout Section
39288 \begin_layout Standard
39289 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
39291 Document classes are described in section
39292 \begin_inset space ~
39296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39298 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
39303 Some classes use some class options by default.
39304 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
39308 and you can decide to use them or not.
39309 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
39310 recommended not to touch them.
39311 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
39317 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
39318 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39324 When you want one of the following drivers
39325 \begin_inset Newline newline
39328 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39329 \begin_inset Newline newline
39332 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39333 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39337 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39339 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39351 \begin_layout Standard
39352 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39353 child or subdocument.
39354 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39355 without its master.
39356 This way child documents are always compilable.
39357 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39368 \begin_layout Section
39372 \begin_layout Standard
39373 Modules are explained in section
39374 \begin_inset space ~
39378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39380 reference "sub:Modules"
39387 \begin_layout Section
39391 \begin_layout Standard
39392 The document font settings are described in section
39393 \begin_inset space ~
39397 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39399 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
39406 \begin_layout Section
39410 \begin_layout Standard
39411 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
39413 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
39417 \begin_layout Standard
39418 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
39419 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
39420 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
39423 \begin_layout Standard
39424 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
39432 \begin_layout Section
39436 \begin_layout Standard
39437 A description of this menu is given in section
39438 \begin_inset space ~
39442 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39444 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
39449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39451 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
39458 \begin_layout Section
39462 \begin_layout Standard
39463 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
39464 \begin_inset space ~
39468 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39470 reference "sub:Margins"
39477 \begin_layout Section
39479 \begin_inset Index idx
39482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39483 Language ! Encoding
39491 \begin_layout Standard
39492 The document language and quote styles are set here.
39493 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
39494 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
39495 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
39496 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
39497 known for a particular character).
39501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39502 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39503 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39508 manual for details.
39516 \begin_layout Standard
39517 If you use the option
39521 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39522 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39523 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39524 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39525 exactly one encoding.
39526 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39535 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39536 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39538 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39539 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39553 \begin_layout Standard
39554 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39555 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39556 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39557 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39558 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39559 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39564 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39565 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39566 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39569 \begin_layout Standard
39570 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39573 \begin_layout Description
39575 \begin_inset space ~
39579 \begin_inset space ~
39583 \begin_inset space ~
39590 , but the LaTeX-package
39595 \begin_inset Index idx
39598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39599 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39605 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39606 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39607 languages in TeX code.
39610 \begin_layout Description
39611 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39612 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39613 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39616 \begin_layout Description
39618 \begin_inset space ~
39622 \begin_inset space ~
39625 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39628 \begin_layout Description
39630 \begin_inset space ~
39634 \begin_inset space ~
39637 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39640 \begin_layout Description
39642 \begin_inset space ~
39645 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39648 \begin_layout Description
39650 \begin_inset space ~
39654 \begin_inset space ~
39657 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39658 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39661 \begin_layout Description
39663 \begin_inset space ~
39667 \begin_inset space ~
39670 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39674 \begin_layout Description
39676 \begin_inset space ~
39680 \begin_inset space ~
39683 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39684 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39687 \begin_layout Description
39689 \begin_inset space ~
39693 \begin_inset space ~
39697 \begin_inset space ~
39700 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39701 \begin_inset space ~
39707 \begin_layout Description
39709 \begin_inset space ~
39713 \begin_inset space ~
39717 \begin_inset space ~
39720 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39721 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39724 \begin_layout Description
39726 \begin_inset space ~
39730 \begin_inset space ~
39733 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39734 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39735 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39736 \begin_inset space ~
39740 \begin_inset space ~
39746 \begin_layout Description
39748 \begin_inset space ~
39752 \begin_inset space ~
39755 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39756 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39757 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39758 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39759 \begin_inset space ~
39763 \begin_inset space ~
39769 \begin_layout Description
39771 \begin_inset space ~
39775 \begin_inset space ~
39778 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39781 \begin_layout Description
39783 \begin_inset space ~
39787 \begin_inset space ~
39790 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39793 \begin_layout Description
39795 \begin_inset space ~
39799 \begin_inset space ~
39802 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39805 \begin_layout Description
39807 \begin_inset space ~
39810 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39813 \begin_layout Description
39815 \begin_inset space ~
39818 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39821 \begin_layout Description
39823 \begin_inset space ~
39827 \begin_inset space ~
39830 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39833 \begin_layout Description
39835 \begin_inset space ~
39839 \begin_inset space ~
39845 \begin_layout Description
39847 \begin_inset space ~
39851 \begin_inset space ~
39854 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39857 \begin_layout Description
39859 \begin_inset space ~
39863 \begin_inset space ~
39869 \begin_layout Description
39871 \begin_inset space ~
39875 \begin_inset space ~
39878 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39883 \begin_inset Index idx
39886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39887 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39892 , when using this, set the document language to
39897 \begin_layout Description
39899 \begin_inset space ~
39903 \begin_inset space ~
39906 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39910 , when using this, set the document language to
39915 \begin_layout Description
39917 \begin_inset space ~
39921 \begin_inset space ~
39924 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39929 \begin_inset Index idx
39932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39933 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39938 , when using this, set the document language to
39943 \begin_layout Description
39945 \begin_inset space ~
39949 \begin_inset space ~
39952 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39956 , when using this, set the document language to
39961 \begin_layout Description
39963 \begin_inset space ~
39967 \begin_inset space ~
39970 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39974 , when using this, set the document language to
39979 \begin_layout Description
39981 \begin_inset space ~
39984 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39987 \begin_layout Description
39989 \begin_inset space ~
39993 \begin_inset space ~
39997 \begin_inset space ~
40000 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
40003 \begin_layout Description
40005 \begin_inset space ~
40009 \begin_inset space ~
40013 \begin_inset space ~
40016 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
40017 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
40018 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
40021 \begin_layout Description
40023 \begin_inset space ~
40027 \begin_inset space ~
40033 \begin_layout Description
40035 \begin_inset space ~
40039 \begin_inset space ~
40042 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
40043 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
40046 \begin_layout Description
40048 \begin_inset space ~
40052 \begin_inset space ~
40055 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
40060 \begin_inset Index idx
40063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40064 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40069 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
40072 \begin_layout Description
40074 \begin_inset space ~
40078 \begin_inset space ~
40081 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
40085 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
40093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40094 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
40095 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40109 \begin_layout Description
40111 \begin_inset space ~
40115 \begin_inset space ~
40118 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
40123 \begin_inset Index idx
40126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40127 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
40132 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
40135 \begin_layout Description
40137 \begin_inset space ~
40140 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
40145 \begin_inset Index idx
40148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40149 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
40155 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
40159 \begin_layout Description
40161 \begin_inset space ~
40165 \begin_inset space ~
40169 \begin_inset space ~
40172 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
40173 \begin_inset space ~
40179 \begin_layout Description
40181 \begin_inset space ~
40185 \begin_inset space ~
40189 \begin_inset space ~
40192 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
40193 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
40194 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
40198 \begin_layout Description
40200 \begin_inset space ~
40204 \begin_inset space ~
40208 \begin_inset space ~
40211 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
40212 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
40215 \begin_layout Section
40219 \begin_layout Standard
40220 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
40221 depth in the table of contents as described in section
40222 \begin_inset space ~
40226 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40228 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
40235 \begin_layout Section
40239 \begin_layout Standard
40240 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
40245 \begin_inset Index idx
40248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40249 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
40259 \begin_inset Index idx
40262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40263 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
40268 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
40273 \begin_inset Index idx
40276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40277 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
40282 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
40284 For a further description see section
40285 \begin_inset space ~
40289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40291 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40298 \begin_layout Section
40302 \begin_layout Standard
40303 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
40304 and you can define additional indexes.
40305 Please refer to section
40306 \begin_inset space ~
40310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40312 reference "sec:Index"
40319 \begin_layout Section
40323 \begin_layout Standard
40324 The PDF properties are explained in section
40325 \begin_inset space ~
40329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40331 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
40338 \begin_layout Section
40342 \begin_layout Standard
40343 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
40348 \begin_inset Index idx
40351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40352 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
40362 \begin_inset Index idx
40365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40366 LaTeX-packages ! esint
40371 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
40374 \begin_layout Standard
40379 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
40380 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
40383 \begin_layout Standard
40388 is used for special integral characters.
40391 \begin_layout Section
40395 \begin_layout Standard
40396 The float placement options are described in section
40397 \begin_inset space ~
40401 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40403 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
40410 \begin_layout Section
40414 \begin_layout Standard
40415 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
40416 The itemize environment is described in section
40417 \begin_inset space ~
40421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40423 reference "sec:Itemize"
40430 \begin_layout Section
40434 \begin_layout Standard
40435 Branches are described in section
40436 \begin_inset space ~
40440 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40442 reference "sec:Branches"
40449 \begin_layout Section
40454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40464 \begin_layout Standard
40465 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
40466 to define LaTeX-commands.
40467 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
40468 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
40472 \begin_layout Standard
40473 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
40474 \begin_inset space ~
40478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40480 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
40487 \begin_layout Chapter
40493 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40495 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40500 \begin_inset Index idx
40503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40512 \begin_layout Standard
40513 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40515 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40519 It has the following submenus.
40522 \begin_layout Section
40526 \begin_layout Subsection
40530 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40531 User Interface File
40532 \begin_inset Index idx
40535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40536 Customization ! of toolbars
40542 \begin_inset Index idx
40545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40546 Customization ! of menus
40554 \begin_layout Standard
40555 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40563 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40572 \begin_layout Standard
40573 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
40574 interface (ui) file.
40575 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40576 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40585 Both files are loaded by the
40590 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40591 files and edit the entries.
40594 \begin_layout Standard
40595 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40607 entries must be ended with an explicit
40632 and in the case of the
40633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40645 The syntax for the entries is:
40648 \begin_layout Standard
40649 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40677 \begin_layout Standard
40679 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40682 All LyX-functions are listed in
40683 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40692 \begin_layout Standard
40693 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40699 \begin_layout Standard
40700 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40702 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40705 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40709 \begin_layout Standard
40710 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40734 \begin_layout Standard
40736 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40739 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40742 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40746 \begin_layout Standard
40749 Enable tool tips in main work area
40751 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40755 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40759 \begin_layout Standard
40763 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40767 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40770 restoring of window layout and geometries
40772 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40773 in the last LyX session.
40776 \begin_layout Standard
40779 Restore cursor positions
40781 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40785 \begin_layout Standard
40788 Load opened files from last session
40790 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40793 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40795 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40797 name "sub:Backup documents"
40802 \begin_inset Index idx
40805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40814 \begin_layout Standard
40819 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40822 \begin_layout Standard
40827 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40830 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40832 \begin_inset space ~
40840 \begin_layout Standard
40843 Open documents in tabs
40845 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40849 \begin_layout Subsection
40851 \begin_inset Index idx
40854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40861 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40863 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40870 \begin_layout Standard
40871 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40874 \begin_layout Standard
40875 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40883 This section only deals with the fonts
40888 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40891 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40892 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40903 \begin_layout Standard
40904 By default, LyX uses
40908 as roman (serif) font,
40916 (depends on the system) as
40919 \begin_inset space ~
40935 \begin_layout Standard
40936 You can change the font size with the
40941 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40942 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40945 \begin_layout Standard
40950 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40951 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40953 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40956 points have the size of 1
40957 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40961 \begin_inset space ~
40965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40967 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40974 \begin_layout Standard
40979 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40980 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40984 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40985 \begin_inset space ~
40989 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40991 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40998 \begin_layout Standard
41001 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
41003 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
41004 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
41005 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
41006 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
41008 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
41009 \begin_inset space ~
41015 \begin_layout Subsection
41017 \begin_inset Index idx
41020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41027 \begin_inset Index idx
41030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41039 \begin_layout Standard
41040 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
41041 Choose an item in the list and use the
41048 \begin_layout Subsection
41050 \begin_inset Index idx
41053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41062 \begin_layout Standard
41063 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
41066 \begin_layout Standard
41071 enables previewing snippets of your document.
41072 This feature is described in section
41073 \begin_inset space ~
41077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41079 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
41086 \begin_layout Standard
41090 \begin_inset space ~
41094 \begin_inset space ~
41098 \begin_inset space ~
41103 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
41106 \begin_layout Section
41108 \begin_inset Index idx
41111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41120 \begin_layout Subsection
41124 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41128 \begin_layout Standard
41131 Cursor follows scrollbar
41133 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
41137 \begin_layout Standard
41140 Sort environments alphabetically
41142 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41145 \begin_layout Standard
41148 Group environments by their category
41150 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41153 \begin_layout Standard
41154 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
41166 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41170 \begin_layout Standard
41171 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
41176 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
41177 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
41181 \begin_layout Subsection
41183 \begin_inset Index idx
41186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41193 \begin_inset Index idx
41196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41197 Settings ! Shortcuts
41205 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41209 \begin_layout Standard
41210 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
41211 Several binding files are available:
41214 \begin_layout Description
41215 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
41218 \begin_layout Description
41219 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
41230 \begin_layout Description
41231 mac.bind set of bindings for
41234 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41242 \begin_layout Standard
41243 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
41247 , and bind files for special languages.
41248 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
41249 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41253 \begin_inset space \space{}
41257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41265 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
41269 \begin_layout Standard
41270 Some bind-files, like
41274 , have only a small scope.
41275 When looking at the end of the file
41279 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
41282 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41284 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41286 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
41291 \begin_inset Index idx
41294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41295 Key Bindings ! Editing
41303 \begin_layout Standard
41304 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
41305 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
41306 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
41309 Show key-bindings containing
41312 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
41313 Insert there for example as keyword
41314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41321 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
41323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41331 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
41332 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
41336 that you will find in the
41343 \begin_layout Standard
41345 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41349 \begin_inset space \space{}
41360 , select the function and press the
41365 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
41366 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
41367 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
41368 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
41369 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
41371 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
41373 The binding for the function
41377 is an example of this.
41380 \begin_layout Standard
41381 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
41383 The syntax of the entries is:
41386 \begin_layout Standard
41392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41410 \begin_layout Subsection
41412 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41416 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41420 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41422 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
41427 \begin_inset Index idx
41430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41437 \begin_inset Index idx
41440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41441 Settings ! Keyboard Map
41449 \begin_layout Standard
41450 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
41451 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
41453 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41457 \begin_inset space \space{}
41460 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
41461 can use the keyboard map file named
41468 \begin_layout Standard
41469 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41477 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41485 \begin_layout Standard
41486 Besides this, you can specify here the
41488 Wheel scrolling speed
41491 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41495 \begin_layout Subsection
41497 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41499 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
41504 \begin_inset Index idx
41507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41516 \begin_layout Standard
41517 Input completion is described in sec.
41518 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41522 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41524 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
41529 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
41531 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
41532 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
41536 \begin_layout Section
41538 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41545 \begin_inset Index idx
41548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41555 \begin_inset Index idx
41558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41567 \begin_layout Description
41569 \begin_inset space ~
41572 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41573 It is the default when you
41584 \begin_inset space ~
41592 \begin_layout Description
41594 \begin_inset space ~
41597 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41599 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41601 \begin_inset space ~
41605 \begin_inset space ~
41613 \begin_layout Description
41615 \begin_inset space ~
41618 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41624 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41628 \begin_inset Newline newline
41632 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41644 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41652 \begin_layout Description
41654 \begin_inset space ~
41658 \begin_inset Index idx
41661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41667 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41668 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41669 \begin_inset space ~
41673 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41675 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41683 will be used to save the backups.
41684 \begin_inset Newline newline
41687 The backup files have the ending
41688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41698 \begin_layout Description
41703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41710 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41711 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41712 \begin_inset Newline newline
41716 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41724 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41732 \begin_layout Description
41734 \begin_inset space ~
41737 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41740 \begin_layout Description
41742 \begin_inset space ~
41745 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41746 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41747 to find it on the system.
41748 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
41749 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41751 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41755 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41758 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41759 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41763 \begin_layout Section
41767 \begin_layout Standard
41768 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41769 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41771 \begin_inset space ~
41775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41777 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41781 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41784 \begin_layout Section
41786 \begin_inset Index idx
41789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41790 Language ! Settings
41796 \begin_inset Index idx
41799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41800 Settings ! Language
41808 \begin_layout Subsection
41812 \begin_layout Description
41814 \begin_inset space ~
41818 \begin_inset space ~
41821 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41822 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41823 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
41824 You find the actual translation status here:
41825 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41827 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41828 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41835 \begin_layout Description
41837 \begin_inset space ~
41840 language is the language used in new documents
41843 \begin_layout Description
41845 \begin_inset space ~
41848 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41850 The default is the LaTeX-command
41856 that loads the package
41864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41865 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41866 \begin_inset space ~
41870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41872 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41882 \begin_inset Newline newline
41889 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
41890 to the document language.
41891 A text label is, for instance, the word
41892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41899 at the beginning of every table caption.
41902 \begin_layout Description
41904 \begin_inset space ~
41907 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41908 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41909 An example is the start command
41915 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41920 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41935 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41940 \begin_layout Description
41942 \begin_inset space ~
41950 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41951 command toggles the package on and off.
41954 \begin_layout Description
41956 \begin_inset space ~
41966 \begin_layout Description
41967 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41968 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41969 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41970 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41977 \begin_layout Description
41979 \begin_inset space ~
41982 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41984 When this option is not set, the
41987 \begin_inset space ~
41992 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41993 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41996 \begin_inset space ~
42004 \begin_layout Description
42006 \begin_inset space ~
42012 \begin_inset space ~
42018 When it is not set, the
42021 \begin_inset space ~
42026 is set to the end of the document.
42029 \begin_layout Description
42031 \begin_inset space ~
42035 \begin_inset space ~
42038 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
42039 language will be underlined blue.
42042 \begin_layout Description
42044 \begin_inset space ~
42048 \begin_inset space ~
42051 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
42052 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
42055 \begin_layout Description
42057 \begin_inset space ~
42060 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
42061 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
42062 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
42063 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
42066 \begin_layout Subsection
42070 \begin_layout Standard
42071 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
42072 \begin_inset space ~
42076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42078 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
42085 \begin_layout Section
42089 \begin_layout Subsection
42091 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42098 \begin_inset Index idx
42101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42108 \begin_inset Index idx
42111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42120 \begin_layout Description
42122 \begin_inset space ~
42125 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
42126 The name will be used when the
42131 \begin_inset Newline newline
42135 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42143 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
42151 \begin_layout Description
42153 \begin_inset space ~
42157 \begin_inset space ~
42161 \begin_inset space ~
42164 printer This option works only for the
42169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42181 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
42182 This is an option only for dvips experts.
42185 \begin_layout Description
42187 \begin_inset space ~
42190 command is the command LyX
42191 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42195 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42198 LaTeX uses for printing.
42199 The default is on most systems
42206 \begin_layout Description
42208 \begin_inset space ~
42212 \begin_inset space ~
42215 Options Here you can specify printer options.
42216 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
42217 of the program that provides the
42224 \begin_layout Subsection
42226 \begin_inset Index idx
42229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42236 \begin_inset Index idx
42239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42240 Settings ! Date format
42248 \begin_layout Standard
42249 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
42250 \begin_inset Newline newline
42254 \begin_inset Flex URL
42257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42259 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
42265 \begin_inset Newline newline
42268 For example the format
42269 \begin_inset Newline newline
42273 \begin_inset Newline newline
42276 prints the date as day/month/year.
42279 \begin_layout Subsection
42283 \begin_layout Description
42285 \begin_inset space ~
42289 \begin_inset space ~
42292 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
42295 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42296 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42298 \begin_inset space ~
42304 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
42308 \begin_layout Description
42310 \begin_inset space ~
42313 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
42318 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
42319 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
42322 \begin_layout Subsection
42327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42335 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42337 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
42342 \begin_inset Index idx
42345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42354 \begin_layout Description
42359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42367 \begin_inset space ~
42370 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
42375 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
42397 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
42398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42410 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
42411 LyX sets up in the background.
42412 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
42415 \begin_layout Description
42417 \begin_inset space ~
42421 \begin_inset space ~
42424 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
42429 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
42432 \begin_layout Standard
42433 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
42434 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
42435 manuals of the applications.
42436 Currently the following commands can be set:
42439 \begin_layout Description
42444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42452 \begin_inset space ~
42455 command Command for the program
42459 that is described in the section
42465 Additional Features
42470 \begin_layout Description
42475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42483 \begin_inset space ~
42486 command Command for the program
42490 that generates the bibliography, see section
42491 \begin_inset space ~
42495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42497 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
42504 \begin_layout Description
42506 \begin_inset space ~
42509 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
42510 \begin_inset space ~
42514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42516 reference "sub:Index-Program"
42523 \begin_layout Description
42525 \begin_inset space ~
42528 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
42529 \begin_inset space ~
42533 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42535 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
42542 \begin_layout Description
42544 \begin_inset space ~
42548 \begin_inset space ~
42552 \begin_inset space ~
42556 \begin_inset space ~
42559 options They only have an effect when the program
42563 is used as DVI-viewer.
42566 \begin_layout Standard
42567 There are additionally the following options:
42570 \begin_layout Description
42572 \begin_inset space ~
42576 \begin_inset space ~
42580 \begin_inset space ~
42584 \begin_inset space ~
42588 \begin_inset space ~
42591 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42609 to separate folders.
42610 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42611 \begin_inset Index idx
42614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42621 \begin_inset Index idx
42624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42633 \begin_layout Description
42635 \begin_inset space ~
42639 \begin_inset space ~
42643 \begin_inset space ~
42647 \begin_inset space ~
42651 \begin_inset space ~
42655 \begin_inset space ~
42658 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42660 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42663 dialog when changing the document class.
42666 \begin_layout Section
42668 \begin_inset space ~
42672 \begin_inset Index idx
42675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42684 \begin_layout Subsection
42686 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42688 name "sub:Converters"
42693 \begin_inset Index idx
42696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42705 \begin_layout Standard
42706 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42707 from one format to another.
42708 You can modify them or create new ones.
42709 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42716 \begin_inset space ~
42726 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42730 \begin_inset space ~
42735 drop-down list, modify the
42739 field, and press the
42746 \begin_layout Standard
42749 Converter File Cache
42751 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42754 Maximum Age (in days
42757 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42758 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42761 \begin_layout Standard
42762 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42763 the converter definition, is described in the section
42774 \begin_layout Subsection
42776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42778 name "sec:File-Formats"
42783 \begin_inset Index idx
42786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42793 \begin_inset Index idx
42796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42805 \begin_layout Standard
42806 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42807 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42811 \begin_layout Standard
42812 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42813 is described in the section
42824 \begin_layout Standard
42825 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42826 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42827 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42828 This is done by specifying a
42833 More about this is described in the section
42844 \begin_layout Chapter
42845 Units available in LyX
42846 \begin_inset Index idx
42849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42856 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42858 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42865 \begin_layout Standard
42866 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42869 reference "cap:Units"
42873 explains all units available in LyX.
42876 \begin_layout Standard
42877 \begin_inset Float table
42883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42884 \begin_inset Caption
42886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42887 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42902 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42910 \begin_inset Tabular
42911 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42912 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
42913 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42914 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43010 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43014 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43038 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43042 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43065 scaled point (65536
43066 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43070 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43094 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43098 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43122 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43126 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
43130 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43154 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43158 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43181 % of original image width
43188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43370 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43374 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43395 \begin_layout Chapter
43397 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43406 \begin_layout Standard
43407 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
43408 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
43411 \begin_layout Itemize
43414 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
43417 \begin_layout Itemize
43423 \begin_layout Itemize
43429 \begin_layout Itemize
43435 \begin_layout Itemize
43441 \begin_layout Itemize
43447 \begin_layout Itemize
43453 \begin_layout Itemize
43459 \begin_layout Itemize
43462 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
43465 \begin_layout Itemize
43471 \begin_layout Itemize
43477 \begin_layout Itemize
43483 \begin_layout Itemize
43489 \begin_layout Itemize
43495 \begin_layout Itemize
43501 \begin_layout Itemize
43507 \begin_layout Itemize
43513 \begin_layout Itemize
43515 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43524 \begin_layout Standard
43525 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43528 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
43535 \begin_layout Bibliography
43536 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43537 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43538 LatexCommand bibitem
43545 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43548 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
43553 \begin_inset Newline newline
43557 \begin_inset Flex URL
43560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43562 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
43570 \begin_layout Bibliography
43571 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43572 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43573 LatexCommand bibitem
43574 key "latexcompanion"
43578 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
43580 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
43583 Addison-Wesley, 2004
43586 \begin_layout Bibliography
43587 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43588 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43589 LatexCommand bibitem
43594 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
43597 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43600 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43603 \begin_layout Bibliography
43604 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43605 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43606 LatexCommand bibitem
43613 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43616 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43619 \begin_layout Bibliography
43620 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43621 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43622 LatexCommand bibitem
43634 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43637 \begin_layout Bibliography
43638 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43639 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43640 LatexCommand bibitem
43646 \begin_inset Newline newline
43650 \begin_inset Flex URL
43653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43655 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43663 \begin_layout Bibliography
43664 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43665 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43666 LatexCommand bibitem
43672 \begin_inset Newline newline
43676 \begin_inset Flex URL
43679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43681 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43689 \begin_layout Bibliography
43690 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43691 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43692 LatexCommand bibitem
43698 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43700 name "Documentation"
43701 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43710 \begin_inset Newline newline
43714 \begin_inset Flex URL
43717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43719 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43727 \begin_layout Bibliography
43728 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43729 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43730 LatexCommand bibitem
43736 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43738 name "Documentation"
43739 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43743 how to use the program
43748 \begin_inset Newline newline
43752 \begin_inset Flex URL
43755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43757 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43765 \begin_layout Bibliography
43766 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43767 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43768 LatexCommand bibitem
43774 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43776 name "Documentation"
43777 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43786 \begin_inset Newline newline
43790 \begin_inset Flex URL
43793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43795 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43803 \begin_layout Bibliography
43804 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43805 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43806 LatexCommand bibitem
43812 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43814 name "Documentation"
43815 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43824 \begin_inset Newline newline
43828 \begin_inset Flex URL
43831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43833 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43841 \begin_layout Bibliography
43842 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43843 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43844 LatexCommand bibitem
43850 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43852 name "Documentation"
43853 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43857 of the LaTeX-package
43862 \begin_inset Index idx
43865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43866 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43872 \begin_inset Newline newline
43876 \begin_inset Flex URL
43879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43881 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43889 \begin_layout Bibliography
43890 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43891 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43892 LatexCommand bibitem
43898 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43900 name "Documentation"
43901 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43905 of the LaTeX-package
43910 \begin_inset Index idx
43913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43914 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43920 \begin_inset Newline newline
43924 \begin_inset Flex URL
43927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43929 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43937 \begin_layout Bibliography
43938 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43939 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43940 LatexCommand bibitem
43948 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43950 name "Documentation"
43951 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43957 of the LaTeX-package
43962 \begin_inset Index idx
43965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43966 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43972 \begin_inset Newline newline
43976 \begin_inset Flex URL
43979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43981 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43989 \begin_layout Bibliography
43990 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43991 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43992 LatexCommand bibitem
43998 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44000 name "Documentation"
44001 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
44005 of the LaTeX-package
44010 \begin_inset Index idx
44013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44014 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
44020 \begin_inset Newline newline
44024 \begin_inset Flex URL
44027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44029 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
44037 \begin_layout Bibliography
44038 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44039 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44040 LatexCommand bibitem
44046 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44048 name "Documentation"
44049 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
44053 of the LaTeX-package
44058 \begin_inset Index idx
44061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44062 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
44068 \begin_inset Newline newline
44072 \begin_inset Flex URL
44075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44077 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
44085 \begin_layout Bibliography
44086 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44087 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44088 LatexCommand bibitem
44094 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44096 name "Documentation"
44097 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
44101 of the LaTeX-package
44106 \begin_inset Index idx
44109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44110 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
44116 \begin_inset Newline newline
44120 \begin_inset Flex URL
44123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44125 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
44133 \begin_layout Bibliography
44134 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44135 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44136 LatexCommand bibitem
44142 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44145 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
44149 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
44150 \begin_inset Newline newline
44154 \begin_inset Flex URL
44157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44159 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
44167 \begin_layout Bibliography
44168 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44169 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44170 LatexCommand bibitem
44176 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44179 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
44183 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
44184 \begin_inset Newline newline
44188 \begin_inset Flex URL
44191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44193 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
44201 \begin_layout Bibliography
44202 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44203 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44204 LatexCommand bibitem
44210 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44213 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
44217 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
44218 \begin_inset Newline newline
44222 \begin_inset Flex URL
44225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44227 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
44235 \begin_layout Bibliography
44236 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44237 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44238 LatexCommand bibitem
44244 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44247 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
44251 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
44252 \begin_inset Newline newline
44256 \begin_inset Flex URL
44259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44261 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
44269 \begin_layout Bibliography
44270 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44271 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44272 LatexCommand bibitem
44278 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44281 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
44285 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
44286 \begin_inset Newline newline
44290 \begin_inset Flex URL
44293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44295 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
44303 \begin_layout Bibliography
44304 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44305 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44306 LatexCommand bibitem
44312 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44315 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
44319 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
44320 \begin_inset Newline newline
44324 \begin_inset Flex URL
44327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44329 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
44337 \begin_layout Bibliography
44338 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44339 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44340 LatexCommand bibitem
44346 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44349 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
44353 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
44354 \begin_inset Newline newline
44358 \begin_inset Flex URL
44361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44363 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
44371 \begin_layout Bibliography
44372 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44373 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44374 LatexCommand bibitem
44380 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44383 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
44387 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
44388 \begin_inset Newline newline
44392 \begin_inset Flex URL
44395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44397 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
44405 \begin_layout Bibliography
44406 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44407 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44408 LatexCommand bibitem
44414 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44417 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
44421 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
44422 \begin_inset Newline newline
44426 \begin_inset Flex URL
44429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44431 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
44439 \begin_layout Bibliography
44440 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44441 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44442 LatexCommand bibitem
44448 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44451 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
44455 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
44456 \begin_inset Newline newline
44460 \begin_inset Flex URL
44463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44465 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
44473 \begin_layout Bibliography
44474 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44475 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44476 LatexCommand bibitem
44482 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44485 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
44489 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
44490 \begin_inset Newline newline
44494 \begin_inset Flex URL
44497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44499 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
44507 \begin_layout Bibliography
44508 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44509 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44510 LatexCommand bibitem
44516 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44519 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
44523 about new features in
44528 \begin_inset Newline newline
44532 \begin_inset Flex URL
44535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44537 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
44545 \begin_layout Standard
44546 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44580 \begin_inset Note Note
44583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44590 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
44591 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
44592 bibliography is the second one:
44600 \begin_layout Standard
44601 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
44602 LatexCommand bibtex
44603 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
44604 options "biblio/alphadin"
44611 \begin_layout Standard
44612 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
44615 \begin_layout Standard
44616 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
44617 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44623 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44624 LatexCommand printindex